Instruction Manual for BOSCH models including: PRAESENSA, Public Address and Voice Alarm System

BDL IM PRAESENSA V1.40 enUS

PDF BDL IM PRAESENSA V1.40 enUS

This manual, or an update, in pdf format is available as download from www.boschsecurity.com > PRAESENSA product section > System overview > tab.

BDL IM PRAESENSA V1.40 enUS

25 Architects’ and engineers’ specifications. 25.1 System. 25.2 System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS). 25.3 Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604). 25.4 Amplifier, 600W 8-channel.. View

PRAESENSA

Jun 23, 2021 — (fire resistant) loudspeaker cabling, therefore each multifunction power supply uses its own battery. There is no large battery set that supplies power to a ...

Not Your Device? Search For Manuals / Datasheets:

File Info : application/pdf, 238 Pages, 42.32MB

Document
V1.40 Installation Manual enUS 74793894027
PRAESENSA
Public Address and Voice Alarm System

en

Installation manual

PRAESENSA

Table of contents

1 1.1 1.2 1.3 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.3.1 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 3 3.1 3.2 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.5.1 4.5.2 4.6 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3 4.6.4 4.6.5 4.6.6 4.6.7 4.6.8 4.6.9 4.6.10 4.6.11 4.7 5 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.4.1 5.4.2 5.4.3 5.4.4 5.4.5

Important product information Safety information Disposal instructions Class A Notice for FCC and ICES 003 About this manual Intended audience Training Related documentation Other related documentation Listing of open source components Copyright notice Trademarks Notice of liability Document history System introduction Product overview High level system characteristics General installation procedures and instructions Location of racks and enclosures Unpacking products Equipment racks and cabinets Mounting the 19"-rack devices Cable requirements Precautions Cable type recommendations Network requirements and considerations Network topology Network connector ports Audio content and device control Network security Network speed and bandwidth usage System size limits Network switches Setting up connections Network redundancy IP-addressing Transmission methods Security precautions System composition Constant voltage systems Amplifier selection Amplifier power and crest factor Battery calculation Topology Operating conditions Power consumption Accurate battery size calculation Quick battery size calculation

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

Table of contents | en 3
9 9 10 10 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 15 15 17 20 20 22 22 22 24 24 25 27 28 28 28 28 29 30 30 32 32 32 34 35 37 37 38 40 41 41 41 44 45 46
2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

4 en | Table of contents

5.4.6 5.5 6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.3.1 6.3.2 6.3.3 6.3.4 6.4 7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.6.1 7.6.2 7.6.3 7.6.4 7.6.5 7.6.6 7.7 7.8 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.5.1 8.5.2 8.5.3 8.5.4 8.5.5 8.5.6 8.5.7 8.6 8.7 9 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.5.1 9.5.2

Uninterruptable power supply size calculation Heat loss calculation From installation to configuration MAC-addresses and hostname Connecting the system controller Network connections to devices Star topology Tree topology Ring topology Hop count Device status and reset System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS) Introduction Functions Functional diagram System controller variants Indicators and connections Installation Parts included Memory card Power supply Ethernet network Internal battery Reset to factory default Approvals Technical data Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) Introduction Functions Functional diagram Indicators and connections Installation Parts included Safety ground Power supply Lifeline Amplifier outputs Ethernet network Reset to factory default Approvals Technical data Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) Introduction Functions Functional diagram Indicators and connections Installation Parts included Safety ground

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

PRAESENSA
47 49 51 51 52 53 53 53 53 54 55 58 58 58 59 60 61 61 61 62 62 64 65 65 66 66 69 69 69 71 72 73 73 74 75 75 77 81 81 82 82 87 87 87 88 89 90 90 91
Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

9.5.3 9.5.4 9.5.5 9.5.6 9.5.7 9.6 9.7 10 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.6.1 10.6.2 10.6.3 10.7 10.8 11 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.5.1 11.5.2 11.5.3 11.5.4 11.5.5 11.5.6 11.5.7 11.5.8 11.5.9 11.5.10 11.5.11 11.6 11.7 12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.5.1 12.5.2 12.5.3 12.5.4 12.5.5

Power supply Lifeline Amplifier outputs Ethernet network Reset to factory default Approvals Technical data End-of-line device (EOL) Introduction Product variant PRA-EOL-US Functions Functional diagram Connections Installation Parts included Wiring Mounting Approvals Technical data Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) Introduction Functions Functional diagram Indicators and connections Installation Parts included Battery and fuse Mains power connection Amplifier power supply Lifeline Power supply connection to system controller Power over Ethernet Ethernet network Control inputs Control outputs Reset to factory default Approvals Technical data Ambient noise sensor (ANS) Introduction Functions Functional diagram Indicators and connections Installation Parts included Power over Ethernet Ethernet network Positioning of ambient noise sensors Water resistance

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

Table of contents | en 5
91 92 94 98 98 99 99 104 104 104 104 106 106 106 106 107 108 109 109 111 111 111 113 114 115 115 116 122 123 124 126 128 128 130 131 132 132 134 138 138 138 139 139 140 140 141 141 141 142
2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

6 en | Table of contents

12.5.6 12.5.7 12.5.8 12.5.9 12.5.10 12.6 12.7 13 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.5.1 13.5.2 13.5.3 13.5.4 13.5.5 13.5.6 13.5.7 13.5.8 13.6 13.7 14 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.5.1 14.5.2 14.5.3 14.5.4 14.6 14.7 15 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.5.1 15.5.2 15.5.3 15.6 15.7 16 16.1 16.2

Front cover and logo orientation Flush mounting outdoors Surface mounting outdoors Mounting indoors Reset to factory default Approvals Technical data LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW) Introduction Functions Functional diagram Indicators and connections Installation Parts included Interconnection call station / extension Power over Ethernet Ethernet network Line input Call station microphone frequency response Mounting Reset to factory default Approvals Technical data Call station extension (CSE) Introduction Functions Functional diagram Indicators and connections Installation Parts included Extension connected to a call station Labeling Mounting a button cap Approvals Technical data Ethernet switch (ES8P2S) Introduction Functions Functional diagram Indicators and connections Installation Parts included Power supply connection Fault relay connection Approvals Technical data Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX) Introduction Functions

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

PRAESENSA
142 143 144 146 146 146 147 149 149 149 150 151 153 153 154 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 160 164 164 164 165 165 166 166 167 168 170 172 172 174 174 174 175 176 177 178 178 179 179 180 183 183 183
Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

16.3 16.4 16.4.1 16.4.2 16.4.3 16.4.4 16.5 16.6 16.7 17 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.5.1 17.5.2 17.5.3 17.5.4 17.6 17.7 18 18.1 18.2 18.3 18.4 18.5 18.5.1 18.5.2 18.5.3 18.5.4 18.5.5 18.6 18.7 19 19.1 19.2 19.3 19.4 20 21 21.1 21.2 21.3 21.3.1 21.3.2 21.3.3 21.3.4 22

Functional diagram Installation Parts included Application Transceiver Fiber cable Approvals Technical data SFPSX Technical data SFPLX Public Address server (APAS) Introduction Functions Functional diagram Indicators and connections Installation Parts included Power adapter Network connections Configuration Approvals Technical data Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48) Introduction Functions Functional diagram Indicators and connections Installation Parts included Mounting Mains connection Output connection Thermal behavior Approvals Technical data Application notes Connecting 100 Mbps-devices Long range interconnections Compatibility with other network data Static IP-binding Troubleshooting Maintenance and service Preventive maintenance Corrective maintenance Device replacement System controller Amplifier Multifunction power supply Call station EN 54-16 / EN 54-4 compliance

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

Table of contents | en 7
183 184 184 184 185 185 186 186 187 189 189 189 190 191 192 192 192 192 192 192 193 196 196 196 197 197 198 199 199 200 200 201 201 202 204 204 204 205 205 209 211 211 212 212 212 213 214 215 216
2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

8 en | Table of contents

22.1 22.2 22.3 23 23.1 23.2 23.3 24 24.1 24.2 25 25.1 25.2 25.3 25.4 25.5 25.6 25.7 25.8 25.9 25.10 25.11 25.12 25.13 25.14 26

Introduction Checklist Rack label ISO 7240-16 / ISO 7240-4 compliance Introduction Checklist Rack label DNV-GL type approval Introduction Checklist Architects' and engineers' specifications System System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS) Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) End-of-line device (EOL) Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) Ambient noise sensor (ANS) LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW) Call station extension (CSE) Public address server (APAS) Public address license (APAL) Ethernet switch (ES8P2S) Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX) Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48) Support and academy

PRAESENSA
216 216 220 221 221 221 224 225 225 225 229 229 230 230 231 231 231 232 232 233 233 233 234 234 234 235

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
1
1.1

Important product information | en 9

Important product information
Safety information
1. Read and keep these safety instructions. Follow all instructions and heed all warnings. 2. Download the latest version of the applicable installation manual from
www.boschsecurity.com for installation instructions.
Information Refer to the Installation Manual for instructions. 3. Follow all installation instructions and observe the following alert signs:
Notice! Containing additional information. Usually, not observing a notice does not result in damage to the equipment or personal injuries.

!

Caution! The equipment or the property can be damaged, or persons can be injured if the alert is not observed.

Warning! Risk of electric shock.

4. System installation and servicing by qualified personnel only, in accordance with applicable local codes. No user-serviceable parts inside.
5. System installation for emergency sound (except for call stations and call station extensions) in a Restricted Access Area only. Children may not get access to the system.
6. For rack-mounting of system devices, make sure that the equipment rack is of suitable quality to support the weight of the devices. Use caution when moving a rack to avoid injury from tip over.
7. The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.

Warning! To reduce the risk of fire and electric shock, do not expose this apparatus to rain or moisture.

8. Mains powered equipment shall be connected to a mains power outlet socket with a protective earthing connection. An external, readily operable, mains plug or allpole mains switch shall be installed.
9. Only replace the mains fuse of an apparatus with a fuse of the same type. 10. The protective ground connection of an apparatus shall be connected to protective
ground before the apparatus is connected to a power supply.
11. Amplifier outputs marked with may carry audio output voltages up to 120 VRMS. Touching uninsulated terminals or wiring may result in an unpleasant sensation.
Amplifier outputs marked with or may carry audio output voltages above 120 VRMS. It requires a skilled person to strip and connect the loudspeaker wires in such a way that the naked conductors are inaccessible. 12. The system may receive power from multiple mains power outlet sockets and backup batteries.

Warning! To prevent a shock hazard disconnect all power sources prior to system installation.

13. Only use recommended batteries and observe polarity. Risk of explosion if an incorrect type of battery is used.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

10 en | Important product information

PRAESENSA

1.2 1.3

14. Fiber optical converters use invisible laser radiation. To prevent injury, avoid eye exposure to the beam.
15. Devices for vertical (wall) mounting supporting a user interface for operation shall only be mounted below 2 m height.
16. Devices installed above 2 m height may cause injury when falling down. Preventive measures must be taken.
17. To prevent hearing damage do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 18. An apparatus may use a lithium coin battery. Keep away from children. If ingested, high
risk of chemical burn hazard. Seek medical attention immediately.
Disposal instructions
Old electrical and electronic appliances. Electrical or electronic devices that are no longer serviceable must be collected separately and sent for environmentally compatible recycling (in accordance with the European Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive). To dispose of old electrical or electronic devices, you should use the return and collection systems put in place in the country concerned.
Class A Notice for FCC and ICES 003
applies to U.S.A. and Canadian models only
Business Equipment For commercial or professional use This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC and Canadian ICES003 requirements. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at their own expense. Intentional or unintentional changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance shall not be made. Any such changes or modifications may void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

About this manual | en 11

2

About this manual

The purpose of this installation manual is to provide all required information needed for the installation and interconnection of the Bosch PRAESENSA products. It will guide new installers stepbystep and serves as a reference for experienced installers. ­ Unless required for the installation of the products, this manual does not describe
software installation, configuration and operating/user instructions. Refer to Related documentation, page 12. ­ This manual, or an update, in pdf format is available as download from www.boschsecurity.com > PRAESENSA product section > System overview > Documents tab.

Refer to the following sections before and during installation and maintenance of your system: ­ Chapter 1: Important product information, page 9 - contains important instructions and
safeguards, which you should read before installing or operating your system. ­ Chapter 2: About this manual, page 11 - gives information on the intended audience,
training, available documentation and explains how to use this manual. ­ Chapter 3: System introduction, page 15 - provides a highlevel introduction description
of the PRAESENSA Public Address and Voice Alarm System. A brief product description and overview is included. ­ Chapter 4: General installation procedures and instructions, page 20 - describes considerations for rack building, cable selection and network design. ­ Chapter 5: System composition, page 37 - describes considerations and methods for system composition, battery calculation and heat loss. ­ Chapter 6: From installation to configuration, page 51 - describes procedures and instructions on how to prepare a PRAESENSA system for configuration. ­ Chapter 7-18: Products - detailed introduction of each product (category), including functionality, installation and connection instructions and technical specifications. ­ Chapter 19: Application notes, page 204 - provides notes on challenging installation and system requirements. ­ Chapter 20: Troubleshooting, page 209 - explains where to find troubleshooting information, and provides a list of known issues and their solutions. ­ Chapter 21: Maintenance and service, page 211 - provides useful information for maintaining and using your system. ­ Chapter 22: EN 54-16 / EN 54-4 compliance, page 216 - gives installation and configuration directions for compliance to EN 5416 and EN 544. ­ Chapter 23: ISO 7240-16 / ISO 7240-4 compliance, page 221 - gives installation and configuration directions for compliance to ISO 724016 and ISO 72404. ­ Chapter 24: DNV-GL type approval, page 225 - gives installation and configuration directions on vessels for compliance to DNVGL. ­ Chapter 25: Architects' and engineers' specifications, page 229 - provides A&E specification details on system and product level. ­ Chapter 26: Support and academy, page 235 - provides (technical) support and training information.

Refer to ­ ISO 7240-16 / ISO 7240-4 compliance, page 221 ­ DNV-GL type approval, page 225 ­ Architects' and engineers' specifications, page 229 ­ Support and academy, page 235

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

12 en | About this manual

PRAESENSA

2.1 2.2 2.3
i

Intended audience

This installation manual is intended for everyone who is authorized to install PRAESENSA and related products.

Training

Participation in the Bosch PRAESENSA product and system training is highly recommended before installing and configuring a PRAESENSA system. The Bosch Security Academy offers classroom training sessions as well as online tutorials on www.boschsecurity.com > Support > Training.

Related documentation

The Bosch PRAESENSA technical documentation is set up in a modular way addressing different stakeholders.

Quick installation guide (QIG). Basic stepbystep installations instructions.

Installer X

System integrator -

Operator -

Installation manual. Detailed system

X

X

-

and product descriptions and

installation instructions.

Configuration manual. Detailed

X

X

X

instructions for configuration,

diagnosis and operation.

Notice! Retain all documentation supplied with the products for future reference. Visit www.boschsecurity.com > PRAESENSA product section.

2.3.1
2.4

Other related documentation
­ Commercial brochures ­ Architects' & Engineers' specifications (included in the product datasheet) ­ Release notes ­ Datasheets ­ Application notes ­ Other PRAESENSA hardware and software related documentation. Visit www.boschsecurity.com > PRAESENSA product section > System controller > Downloads > Literature.
Listing of open source components
An up to date listing of open source licensed software which may accompany a PRAESENSA device is stored inside the device and can be downloaded as a zipfile. Download instructions are in the Quick Installation Guide (QIG) of the device. This list is also available from www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/oss/. Each of the components listed may be redistributed under the terms of their respective open source licenses. Notwithstanding any of the terms in the license agreement you may have with Bosch, the terms of such open source license(s) may be applicable to your use of the listed software.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
2.5 2.6 2.7

About this manual | en 13
To the extent permitted by applicable law, Bosch and its suppliers make no representations or warranties, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, with regard to the list or its accuracy or completeness, or with respect to any results to be obtained from use or distribution of the list. By using or distributing the list, you agree that in no event shall Bosch be held liable for any special, direct, indirect or consequential damages or any other damages whatsoever resulting from any use or distribution of this list.
Copyright notice
Unless otherwise indicated, this publication is the copyright of www.boschsecurity.com. All rights are reserved.
Trademarks
Throughout this document trademark names may have been used. Rather than put a trademark symbol in every occurrence of a trademark name, Bosch Security Systems states that the names are used only in an editorial fashion and to the benefit of the trademark owner with no intention of infringement of the trademark.
Notice of liability
While every effort has been taken to ensure the accuracy of this document, neither Bosch Security Systems nor any of its official representatives shall have any liability to any person or entity with respect to any liability, loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by the information contained in this document. Bosch Security Systems reserves the right to make changes to features and specifications at any time without prior notification in the interest of ongoing product development and improvement.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

14 en | About this manual

2.8

Document history

Release date 2019-11

Documentation version V1.00

2020-07

V1.10

2021-06-23

V1.40

PRAESENSA
Reason 1st edition
Chapters updated: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2, 2.4, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 4.5.2, 5.4.3, 7.2, 7.5, 7.6.3, 7.7, 7.8, 8, 8.4, 8.5.3, 8.5.4, 8.5.5, 8.6, 8.7, 9.4, 9.5.3, 9.5.4, 9.5.5, 9.6, 9.7, 10.6, 10.7, 11.4, 11.5.3, 11.5.4, 11.5.5, 11.5.6, 11.6, 11.7,12.4, 12.5.7, 12.6, 12.7, 13.2, 13.4, 13,6, 13.7, 14.5, 14.5.1, 14.6, 15.5, 16.6, 16.7, 20.3. Chapter titles updated: 7-16. Chapters added: 4.7, 21, 22, 23, 24.
Chapters updated: 2, 2.8, 3.1, 5.4.3, 5.4.4, 5.4.6, 5.5, 6.6, 8.2, 8.7, 9.2, 9.7, 11.5.2, 11.7, 7.2-13.2, 16.7, 19.4. Chapters added: 12, 17, 25.7, 25.10, 25.11.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
3
3.1

System introduction | en 15

System introduction

With PRAESENSA, Bosch has set a new standard in Public Address and Voice Alarm systems. With all system elements being IPconnected and using stateoftheart technologies, this system combines cost efficiency and audio quality with ease of installation, integration and use. IPconnectivity and amplifier power partitioning enable new levels of scalability and adaptability, and combined with local backup power facilities this makes PRAESENSA equally suited to both centralized and decentralized topologies. PRAESENSA uses only a few different but very flexible system devices, each with unique capabilities, to create sound systems of all sizes for an extremely wide range of applications. PRAESENSA fits to an office with background music in the reception area and some occasional calls, as well as to an international airport with many simultaneous (automated) announcements for flight information, and carefully selected music programs in lounges, restaurants and bars. In all cases, it can be installed to operate also as a certified voice alarm system for mass notification and evacuation. System functions are defined and configured in software and system capabilities can be enhanced via software upgrades. PRAESENSA: one system, endless options.
Product overview

The following table gives an overview of the available PRAESENSA products. A detailed product description is given by using the link in the "product name" column.

Order number PRA-SCL

Product view

Product name System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS), page 58

PRA-AD604

Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604), page 69

PRA-AD608

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608), page 87

PRA-EOL PRA-MPS3
PRA-ANS

End-of-line device (EOL), page 104 Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3), page 111
Ambient noise sensor (ANS), page 138

PRA-CSLD

LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW), page 149

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

16 en | System introduction

Order number PRA-CSLW

Product view

PRAESENSA
Product name LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW), page 149

PRA-CSE PRA-ES8P2S
PRA-SFPSX and PRA-SFPLX PRA-APAS
PRA-PSM24 and PRA-PSM48

Call station extension (CSE), page 164 Ethernet switch (ES8P2S), page 174
Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX), page 183 Public Address server (APAS), page 189
Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48), page 196

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
3.2

System introduction | en 17
High level system characteristics
Secure IPinfrastructure ­ PRAESENSA is a networked sound system in which all system elements are connected to
OMNEO. Built upon multiple technologies, including IP and open public standards, OMNEO supports AES67 and Audinate's Dante for audio communication and AES70 for system control, with additional network security implemented using AES128 and TLS, offering realtime authentication and audio encryption on IP as protection against malicious attacks. ­ OMNEO offers a mature, professionalgrade media networking solution that provides interoperability, unique features for easier installation, better performance, and greater scalability than any other IP offering on the market.
Effective power utilization ­ PRAESENSA multichannel power amplifiers have the unique capability of power
partitioning, the total power budget of the amplifier can be freely shared across the output channels. ­ The classD amplifier channels operate at high power supply voltages for direct drive 70 V or 100 V outputs without the need for output transformers that would limit the maximum output power of a channel. This also improves efficiency and audio performance and lowers the weight and size of the amplifier. Galvanic isolation of the amplifier outputs, as required by EN 5416 and other emergency sound standards, is provided by isolated DC/ DC converters and the isolated Ethernet connections. The amplifier channels have a load independent, flat frequency response that accept loudspeaker loads between zero and full load. Each channel serves a separate zone or part of a zone. ­ The total amount of output power is defined by the redundant power supply and the heatsink, and because both are shared between the amplifier channels, it doesn't matter how many loudspeakers are connected to each channel, as long as the total combined load does not exceed the maximum of 600 W for the whole amplifier and a load > 300 W is not connected to any other channel than channel 1. A spare amplifier channel is also included to take over a failing channel, a very cost- and spaceeffective redundancy measure because this spare channel uses the same redundant power supply and heatsink too. ­ The flexibility of variable output power for each channel makes it possible to utilize most of the available amplifier power. Traditional multichannel amplifiers have a fixed maximum output power per channel. If a channel is not fully loaded, or even not used, the remaining power capability of that channel cannot be claimed by one of the other channels. PRAESENSA systems typically only need half the amount of amplifier power compared to systems with traditional fixed maximum power amplifiers, saving on space, energy and cost.
Highest system availability ­ PRAESENSA offers the highest system availability due to conservative derating of all
components, supervision of all critical signal paths and functions, and builtin redundancy of all critical system elements. PRAESENSA devices have high margins for safety and temperature stability. This is illustrated by the fact that PRAESENSA devices are quite unique in that they may be operated at altitudes of up to 5000 m (16404 ft), an important requirement in Peru, Chile, India, China and other countries. At this altitude the air is less dense and the cooling capacity of air is decreased, making heat removal less effective. Also, the

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

18 en | System introduction

PRAESENSA

dielectric properties of air change with altitude, decreasing its insulator capabilities. PRAESENSA uses effective heat sinking and significantly increased creepage and clearance distances to maintain safety ratings. ­ Dual redundant system controller option for highest system availability in mission-critical applications. ­ All system devices use dual Ethernet ports, supporting RSTP, to recover automatically from a broken network link. ­ The multifunction power supply offers battery backup facilities to be insensitive to mains failures. ­ Amplifiers have an integrated spare amplifier channel to take over from a failing channel automatically. They also have double power supplies built in, working in tandem to minimize stress on components, while each one is capable of supplying full power to the amplifier if one section would fail. ­ The amplifiers have two loudspeaker outputs per channel, group A and B, separately supervised and protected, to support connection of interleaving loudspeaker strings in the same zone, so a shorted or interrupted loudspeaker line will not mute that zone completely.

Optimized user experience ­ The PRAESENSA call stations provide a combination of a large touch screen LCD with
mechanical buttons and LED indicators. Access to system functions and areas can be configured per call station, to provide exactly the functions the operator needs, not more, not less. The user interface has been developed in cooperation with real users and addresses their needs, but also their discomforts when making calls to zones they can't see or hear, or adjusting the volume of background music in these areas. ­ Functions are easily selected from the touch screen, and zones are easily selected via keypad keys with LEDs giving immediate feedback on the actual status of that zone. After starting a call, the screen shows the operator the progress of the call, indicating when to speak after a start tone or automatic introduction message has finished, and showing whether the call was successfully completed in all destinations.

Fully-featured as standard ­ PRAESENSA is an advanced system for Public Address and Voice Alarm purposes. The
system consists of a limited range of hardware devices in combination with software to create the required functions. Because the hardware devices are very complete and flexible to use, only a few different devices are sufficient to create a system. For instance, all call stations and amplifiers have a built-in DSP for sound processing, the amplifiers have flexible output power per channel and a builtin spare channel, the power supply has a builtin battery charger, and so on. No need for separate addons. ­ System functions are software based and regularly updates become available to extend the set of capabilities.

Scalable and flexible ­ PRAESENSA is an extremely scalable and flexible system. All devices are network
connected and offer loopthrough connectivity for easy system expansion and RSTP to create a fail-safe network loop. System devices can be decentralized and their redundant loop wiring often allows for cheap non fireresistant network cables to be used. ­ PRAESENSA uses dynamic channel allocation. Because devices do not use static routing, amplifiers and call stations do not have a permanent audio connection to the system controller. That approach would limit the number of devices, since an 8channel amplifier would at least need 8 connections, 100 amplifiers would need 800 connections to be independent. Instead, PRAESENSA uses dynamic OMNEO connections that are generated

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

System introduction | en 19
on the fly when needed and freed up after use. Dynamic streams occupy the least bandwidth; if there is no audio transport going on, the channels are simply not there. Furthermore, this is a scalable solution compared to static channels, which are limited to the number of interconnections that can be handled by the device that contains the audio matrix. All OMNEO audio streams are set up as multicast, directly from the source (the transmitting device, such as a call station) to the destinations (the receiving devices, such as amplifier channels). This connection is setup by the system controller using OCA (AES70). The audio matrix is in the network itself, not in a single unit. In this way, there is no real limitation on the number of source and destination devices. The only limitation is on the number of simultaneous (different) audio streams, which is above 100 and more than enough for even the busiest applications. ­ Multifunction power supplies have an integrated battery charger for single 12 V battery based backup power, facilitating easy system decentralization. Amplifiers can be placed closer to the loudspeakers, reducing loudspeaker cabling costs, which is especially advantageous in case of expensive fire-resistant loudspeaker cables. ­ DSP power is available in all call stations and amplifiers, so DSP power grows with every device added to the system. ­ Every zone has its own amplifier channel for dedicated audio content. Users can make personal music and volume selections, while announcement levels are not affected and loudspeaker line supervision is not impaired. The amplifier's builtin DSP allows the sound in each zone to be adjusted to the needs and taste of the audience in that area. ­ The complexities of traditional system planning make little room for error or lastminute changes. With PRAESENSA however, flexibility is builtin, allowing for an agile and adaptive approach to planning. PRAESENSA allows for future changes to the areas covered by the system, with minimal or no equipment changes. Thus, initial planning is less sensitive to later small changes, which could impact profitability.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

20 en | General installation procedures and instructions

PRAESENSA

4
!

General installation procedures and instructions
This section provides mounting and installation instructions common to all PRAESENSA devices. It provides installation methods commonly encountered in industrial and commercial applications and should be used in conjunction with the engineer's installation specifications and all applicable codes.
Caution! All work activities necessary for the installation, connection and commissioning are to be carried out by electrically skilled persons only.

4.1
! !

Location of racks and enclosures
The Bosch PRAESENSA VACIE (Voice Alarm Control and Indicating Equipment) system is designed to provide an emergency announcement and public address system in accordance with the requirements of international standards. The PRAESENSA VACIE includes control and indicator equipment, multi-channel amplifiers, multifunction power supplies, network infrastructure and optional emergency call stations. In order to ensure that the standards compliance of the PRAESENSA VACIE is not compromised, the PRAESENSA devices, the interconnections to the Fire Detection System, network infrastructure, loudspeakers and loudspeaker wiring must be installed in accordance with the provisions of applicable standards and the directions provided in this Bosch PRAESENSA installation manual. The Bosch PRAESENSA VACIE must be installed and commissioned by those who have completed the appropriate training courses conducted by Bosch Security Systems. Once the installation and commissioning process is complete, access to the VACIE is restricted to authorized personnel only, in accordance with the access levels indicated in the following table.
Caution! Also in case the PRAESENSA system is not being used as VACIE and the corresponding access restrictions are not applicable, the system controller, amplifiers and power supplies (19"equipment) should be installed in a Restricted Access Area only. Especially children may not get access to this equipment.
Caution! The system shall not be installed near water or heat sources.

Caution!

!

System power supplies shall be connected to a mains power outlet socket with a protective earthing connection. An external, readily operable, mains plug or all pole mains switch shall

be installed.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

General installation procedures and instructions | en 21

Level Authorized operations

Authorized persons Access restrictions

Level 1 ­ ­

Accessibility to all mandatory visible and audible indications System operation for business calls and background music

Members of the general public

Unrestricted, such as ­ Desktop call station in
public area ­ Wallmounted
background music control panels in public zone

Level 2 ­ ­

Level 1 operations System operation in the: ­ Quiescent
condition ­ Voice alarm
condition ­ Fault warning
condition ­ Disabled condition ­ Test condition

Persons with specific responsibility for safety, competent and authorized to operate the system

Restricted by a special procedure, such as ­ Operator panel
mounted in an enclosure with lockable door

Level 3 ­ ­
­

Level 2 operations

Persons with specific

Re-configuration of site- responsibility for

specific data

system maintenance,

System maintenance competent and

authorized

Restricted by a special procedure, differing from that for access level 2, such as ­ Configuration program
with password protection ­ System is mounted in a 19"rack with lockable doors

Level 4 ­ ­ ­

Level 3 operations System repair Perform firmware alterations, thereby changing the basic mode of operation

Persons with specific responsibility for system repair, competent and authorized by the manufacturer

Restricted by special means, not part of the VACIE, such as ­ Dedicated firmware
upgrade program with password protection ­ Dedicated tools

The PRAESENSA VACIE, consisting of PRAESENSA devices and associated support devices and optional batteries, is typically housed in one or more freestanding or wallmounted rack cabinets. These cabinets can be at one central location or decentralized, servicing a larger area. PRAESENSA endofline devices, used for loudspeaker line supervision are mounted at appropriate locations, in accordance with the directions provided in this manual. To ensure correct operation, the installer needs to ascertain that access level requirements are met. To maintain standards compliance, installers must follow the Bosch installer guidelines.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

22 en | General installation procedures and instructions

PRAESENSA

4.2 4.3 4.4

To achieve the specified access level 2: ­ Access to the emergency microphone is restricted by mounting the microphone in a
lockable enclosure or control room.
To achieve the specified access level 3: ­ The cabinets must be located in lockable rooms, or a cabinet construction with lockable
doors must limit access to rear terminals and wiring of equipment. ­ Access to endofline supervision devices and loudspeaker wiring terminals requires the
use of tools.
Unpacking products
The products should be unpacked and handled with care. If an item appears to be damaged, notify the shipper immediately. If any items are missing, notify your Bosch representative. The original packaging is the safest container in which to transport products and can also be used to return products for service, if necessary.
Equipment racks and cabinets
All PRAESENSA equipment housings are of robust construction and meet at least classification IP30 of EN60529:1992 as amended by EN60529:1991/A1:2000. Racks with a swing frame give better access to wiring. Racks without rear stands provide more space for batteries.
Mounting the 19"-rack devices
Common installation materials and tools are sufficient to install PRAESENSA products. Each product comes with a set of product specific installation accessories and a quick installation guide (QIG).
Make sure the 19"equipment rack is of suitable quality to support the weight of the device(s). All PRAESENSA equipment can be located anywhere in the equipment rack. For ease of wiring, it is however advisable to mount devices in the following order (top to bottom): ­ System controller (top) ­ Amplifiers ­ Multifunction power supplies ­ Batteries (bottom)

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

General installation procedures and instructions | en 23

As long as the equipment rack is well ventilated, all devices can be stacked with no extra space between them. Make sure the temperature inside the rack cannot exceed +50 °C (+122 °F). ­ Mounting brackets are used to mount the device in 19"equipment racks. ­ Ventilation inlets should be kept free of obstacles and dust. Fans are controlling the
airflow based on internal temperature. Airflow is from the front to the rear and sides. ­ Integrated handles make it easy to maneuver the device, without adding to the
installation depth. ­ Sliding feet prevent making scratches on the surface the device is positioned on. ­ Product labels are on the side or rear of each device.

Notice!

Make pictures of the product labels and make sure the hostnames and MACaddresses are

i

readable, or make a list of all hostnames and MACaddresses of the devices before mounting them in the rack. This information is needed for configuration later. After mounting, access to

the product labels with this information might be difficult, especially for devices that have

their labels on the side.

The mechanical construction of all 19"devices is rigid enough to mount the devices using only the holes in the mounting brackets to secure them in the rack. It is however considered good practice to mount support rails if the system is installed in a moving environment.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

24 en | General installation procedures and instructions

PRAESENSA

!
4.5
4.5.1

The PRAESENSA 19"-devices are equipped with (removable) mounting brackets for mounting in a 19"rack. Use four caged nuts, nylon cup washers and pan head bolts for mounting. Common sizes for bolts and nuts for rack mounting are M6, M8, 1032 or 1224.
Caution! The rack must be grounded to a safety ground. All PRAESENSA 19"-devices have a chassis ground screw on the rear panel, which can be used for a wire connection to the rack frame. Use a thick, multistrand wire (>2.5 mm2) with wire eyelets and washers for a solid connection. This connection is mandatory for the PRA-AD604 and PRA-AD608 as a reference for groundshort detection and because of high internal voltages, but may improve immunity to electrostatic discharges (ESD) for all devices.
Cable requirements
To ensure safety and system reliability, different types of cabling are required for cabling inside the racks that house PRAESENSA devices, and for cabling between racks and to ancillary items such as loudspeakers.
Precautions
Prior to installation Confirm the following: ­ The cable selected is proper for the application, taking into account all applicable local,
state, provincial, and national codes. ­ The cable has not been damaged in transit or storage.
During cable installation The following factors must be considered: ­ Do not exceed the fill capacity of raceways and cable trays. ­ Use grommets to protect cables when passing through metal studs or anything that can
possibly cause damage. ­ Obey bending rules of cables and maximum pull force. ­ Be sure to firestop all cables that penetrate a firewall. ­ Use plenum rated cable where it is mandated. ­ Use fire resistant cable when it is mandated.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
4.5.2

General installation procedures and instructions | en 25

Cable type recommendations
Mains cable ­ Use the supplied mains cable that came with the multifunction power supply or an
equivalent.
Loudspeaker cable ­ When selecting cables and wire gauge take into account the length and loudspeaker load
to avoid excessive power loss. Make sure that the signal level at the end of the loudspeaker line has not dropped with more than 2 dB (this is approximately 20%), as this will also affect proper operation of the endofline device. The table shows the required wire size for copper wires, to keep the loss at the end of the loudspeaker line below 2 dB, when all the load is at the end of the cable. In practice the load will be more distributed and then the attenuation will be less than 2 dB. Round up the actual load power and cable length to the next number in the table. Copper clad aluminum (CCA) wires are cheaper but have a higher resistance than copper for the same diameter. When using CCA cables, take the next bigger wire size from the table. Examples: ­ A 150 W loudspeaker load on a loudspeaker line of 480 m in a 100 V system. Round
up to table values 200 W and 500 m. This requires 1.5 mm2 copper wires or 2.5 mm2 CCA wires. ­ A 150 W loudspeaker load on a 1200 ft loudspeaker line in a 70 V system. Round up to table values 150 W and 1312 ft. This requires AWG 14 copper wires or AWG 12 CCA wires. ­ When selecting cables and wire gauge take into account the maximum loudspeaker cable capacitance specified for the amplifier. ­ When end-of-line supervision is used, take into account the maximum loudspeaker cable capacitance specified for the endofline device. ­ For compliance to UL 623681 all loudspeaker wiring must be Class 2 (CL2); this requirement does not apply for compliance to EN/IEC 623681.

mm2 AWG

Conversion

0.5 0.75

1

1.5 2.5

4

6

10

16

20

18

17

16

14

12

10

8

6

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

26 en | General installation procedures and instructions

PRAESENSA

Cable length

[m] [ft]

1000 3280

900 2952

800 2624

700 2296

600 1968

500 1640

400 1312

300 984

250 820

200 656

150 492

100 328

50

164

Minimum wire cross section [mm2]

0.5 0.75 1.5

4

6

6

10

10

16

0.5 0.75 1.5 2.5

4

6

10

10

10

0.5 0.75 1.5 2.5

4

6

6

10

10

0.5 0.5

1

2.5

4

4

6

6

10

0.5 0.5

1

2.5

2.5

4

6

6

10

0.5

0.5 0.75 1.5

2.5

4

4

6

6

0.5

0.5 0.75 1.5

2.5

2.5

4

4

6

0.5

0.5

0.5

1

1.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

4

0.5

0.5

0.5 0.75 1.5

1.5

2.5

2.5

4

0.5 0.5

0.5 0.75

1

1.5

1.5

2.5

4

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5 0.75

1

1.5 1.5 2.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5 0.75 0.75

1

1.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5 0.75

[W] @100 V 20

[W] @70 V

10

50

100 200 300 400 500 600

-

25

50 100 150 200 250 300 400

Loudspeaker power at endofline

Ethernet copper cable

Notice!

In order to comply with the strict rules regarding compliance to high energy voltage surges on

i

the Ethernet connections it is mandatory to use shielded twisted pair cabling (F/UTP), not ordinary unshielded twisted pair cabling (UTP). F/UTP denotes foiled/unshielded twisted pair

and consists of four unshielded twisted pairs encased in an overall foil shield. This is not to

be confused with an S/FTP (screened / foiled twisted pair) cable which has four individually

shielded twisted pairs encased in an overall braided shield.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

General installation procedures and instructions | en 27

4.6

­ All PRAESENSA devices are designed to be used with Gigabit transmission (1000BASET), so be sure to use shielded CAT5e or higher network cables. You can use shielded CAT6 and CAT7 cables as necessary. According to their specifications, CAT5e or higher cables can transmit data up to 100 m, but the actual potential transmission distance varies depending on factors such as the cable and termination quality and the environment in which the cable is used. In case of doubt use a cable checker to see whether the cable conforms to CAT5e (TIA/EIA568B). Furthermore, cables can be categorized into solid core cables and stranded cables according to the structure of the conductors within the cables. In a solid core cable each of the eight conductors consists of a single copper wire, while in a stranded cable each conductor consists of stranded multiple copper wires. Solid core cables have better transmission performance over long distances than stranded cables. Stranded cables are more flexible and easier to handle than solid core cables. Therefore, in general, solid core cables are suited for installations, while stranded cables are suited for short patch links inside racks.
­ Make only gradual bends in the cable where necessary to maintain the minimum bend radius of 4 times the cable diameter. Never allow the cable to be sharply bent, twisted, or kinked at any time. This can cause permanent damage to the geometry of the cable and cause transmission failures.
­ Dress the cables neatly with cable ties, using low to moderate pressure.
Ethernet glass fiber cable ­ Use single mode or multi-mode glass fiber that fits the SFP transceiver. ­ The length of the fiber must not exceed the maximum as specified for the SFP
transceiver, also considering the fiber diameter. ­ Keep all food and beverages out of the work area. If fiber particles are ingested they can
cause internal hemorrhaging. ­ Wear disposable aprons to minimize fiber particles on your clothing. Fiber particles on
your clothing can later get into food, drinks, and/or be ingested by other means. ­ Always wear safety glasses with side shields and protective gloves. Treat fiber optic
splinters the same as you would treat glass splinters. ­ Never look directly into the end of fiber cables until you are positive that there is no light
source at the other end. An SX fiber 850 nm light source is hardly visible, an LX fiber 1310 nm light source is not visible at all. ­ Do not touch your eyes while working with fiber optic systems until your hands have been thoroughly washed. ­ Put all cut fiber pieces in a properly marked container for disposal. ­ Thoroughly clean your work area when you are done.
Network requirements and considerations
PRAESENSA uses technologies built on top of standard Ethernet networks and the performance of PRAESENSA is heavily reliant on the network configured underneath it. As a result, the underlying network needs to be configured correctly. If the network is not functioning properly, the audio equipment will not function properly either. Because all PRAESENSA devices have integrated Ethernet switches, a system can be set up without being dependent on third party network infrastructure. In many situations, however, PRAESENSA may have to share the network with other services, especially on existing network infrastructure. Although most Gigabit networking equipment will adequately support PRAESENSA, certain configurations that may be present in an enterprise network could cause issues. In any case it is appropriate to consult the IT department when planning and configuring a PRAESENSA network, taking the following network considerations into account.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

28 en | General installation procedures and instructions

PRAESENSA

4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3
4.6.4

Network topology
PRAESENSA offers great flexibility to position its networked devices across the premises. This allows for a conventional centralized system topology, with most of the equipment in a central 19"rack in a technical room. But it is as easy to position equipment in smaller clusters on different locations in order to keep loudspeaker lines short, saving on cost and reducing power losses in the loudspeaker cabling. This is especially beneficial when expensive fireresistant cables must be used. Because all system elements are network connected and can be powered from a multifunction power supply with local battery backup power, a decentralized system topology is easier than ever before. Call stations, positioned at operator locations, are also network connected and even powered over Ethernet.
Network connector ports
The system controller has five external RJ45 network ports and acts as the root switch for the network, supporting multiple loops. The multifunction power supply has five external RJ45 network ports and one socket for a Small Formfactor Pluggable (SFP) transceiver module for a single mode or multimode optical fiber connection, to facilitate long distance connections between decentralized clusters of devices. Two of the RJ45 network ports provide Power over Ethernet (PoE) to power a connected call station. Each call station has two RJ45 network connectors, each capable of taking PoEpower, to connect to one or two different power supplies, to allow for failsafe redundancy. Because of PoE, connecting call stations in a loop-through fashion is only possible with a PoE power source in between, e.g. a midspan PoE power adapter.
Audio content and device control
PRAESENSA uses OMNEO network technology. OMNEO is an architectural approach to connecting devices that need to exchange information such as audio content or device control. Built upon multiple technologies, including IP and open public standards, OMNEO supports the technologies of today such as Audinate's Dante while adopting the standards of tomorrow, such as AES67 and AES70. OMNEO offers a professional-grade media networking solution that provides interoperability, unique features for easier installation, better performance and greater scalability than any other IP offering on the market. Using standard Ethernet networking, media products that integrate OMNEO can be assembled into small, medium and large networks that exchange studio-quality synchronized multichannel audio and share common control systems. OMNEO's media transport technology is based on Audinate's Dante, a high performance standards-based, routable IPmedia transport system. OMNEO's system control technology is AES70, also known as Open Control Architecture (OCA), an open public standard for control and monitoring of professional media network environments. OMNEO devices are fully compatible with AES67 and AES70, without losing any functionality.
Network security
The OMNEO network technology includes two types of security: ­ Control security, using encryption and authentication of the TCP (OCA) control data. ­ Audio security, using encryption and authentication of the audio streams. Control security is realized via Transport Layer Security (TLS). This mechanism requires a TCPlink and a PreShared Key (PSK). The PSK has to be present on a device before it is possible to start a secure connection with that device. OMNEO uses the DiffieHellman key exchange method to allow two parties that have no prior knowledge of each other to jointly establish a shared secret key over an insecure channel. This key can then be used to encrypt

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
4.6.5

General installation procedures and instructions | en 29
subsequent communications. This solution comes with a short period of vulnerability when the factory default key is changed to a system-specific key. At that moment attackers can learn the system key by eavesdropping the DiffieHellman key exchange during the connection setup with the factory default key. Preferably, this part of the setup should be done on a closed network. The PSK is stored persistently in the device. To change the PSK later, the key must be known. When the key is lost and/or devices are transferred from one system to another system, a manual reset switch allows a device to be reset to its factory default. This requires physical access to the device. The Cipher suite used by OMNEO is TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA. This means: ­ Encryption 128 AES. ­ Authentication and data integrity HMACSHA1. Audio security uses a proprietary implementation of a standards based algorithm for encryption and authentication. The main reason for this is the required low latency, it only adds 0.1 ms additional sample delay for encoding plus decoding. It uses 128 AES encryption in Cipher Feedback Mode (CFB) for selfsynchronization, even when the audio stream is received much later than when it was started, or when some samples are lost during reception. Only six audio samples (125 us @ 48 kHz sample rate) are sufficient to resynchronize. For authentication the algorithm uses Cipher-based Mandatory Access Control, CMAC. This adds eight bits to each 24bit audio sample, resulting in 32bit samples. The audio security algorithm uses a PreShared Key that has to be equal for the transmitter and receiver. The key is volatilely stored on the device and is lost after a power cycle, so it must be redistributed via a secure control connection. A random key is defined every time an audio connection is created, so each audio link has a different key.
Other security measures in PRAESENSA are: ­ The system controller stores passwords and exchanges passwords with the Open
Interface / API clients using the SHA2 Secure Hash Algorithm (version SHA256). ­ Configuration and message backup is possible over an authenticated secure connection
(HTTPS) based on Transport Layer Security (TLS1.2).
Network speed and bandwidth usage
PRAESENSA uses the OMNEO protocol for audio and control, with all audio streams based on 48 kHz sample rate and 24bit sample size. Because of encryption for security, 32bits per sample are used. By default the receiver latency is set to 10 ms as a compromise between latency and network efficiency. This combination of parameters causes a bandwidth usage of 2.44 Mbps per (multicast) channel in the whole subnet it is used in. Control traffic will add another 1 to 20 Mbps, depending on system size and activities. A Gb Ethernet network is needed for OMNEO. This is not necessarily a bandwidth requirement of multiple concurrent audio channels. Even if only a few audio channels are in use, a Gb network backbone is needed to support the Precision Time Protocol (PTP) for synchronization of all audio devices (IEEE 1588 and IEC 61588). Packet arrival jitter is a critical parameter, which is the variation in latency between the reception of multiple Ethernet messages from the same source. Because of this, Ethernet packet switching must be done in hardware, as software switches will introduce too much jitter. PRAESENSA devices are preconfigured to use Quality of Service (QoS) prioritization for OMNEO, with carefully selected parameters. Other switches need to be configured with the proper settings for OMNEO.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

30 en | General installation procedures and instructions

PRAESENSA

4.6.6

System size limits
OMNEO always uses synchronized playout times to make sure every receiver produces the audio at exactly the same moment (with an accuracy of 1 us). The maximum distance between two networked devices on the network depends on the configured latency of the receivers. By default PRAESENSA uses a receiver latency setting of 10 ms, which allows for a maximum distance between two devices in the same subnet of 500 km. The OMNEO technology allows for a maximum receiver latency of 20 ms, which is sufficient to cover a distance of 3000 km between devices (not yet supported by PRAESENSA). If the distance between a transmitter and a receiver is too long for the configured receiver latency, then the audio samples arrive at the receiver later than the instructed playout time. Then the samples cannot be used anymore, resulting in no audio.
There also exists a practical limit to the number of devices that can be connected in a PRAESENSA system, combined with a maximum number of addressable zones. These limits relate to the response time of the system when a call is made. Before a call can be started from a call station to its selected zones, all affected amplifier channels must switch to the OMNEO audio channel that is assigned for that call. This switch takes some time, and the call station operator cannot start speaking before the routing to the amplifiers is set up. The setup time for an overruling call can be approximately calculated by the formula t = 0.03 x D^2 + 1.8 x Z + 0.4 [s], in which D is the number of affected devices and Z is the number of affected zones. The setup time can also be visualized in a graph for the setup time of call.

300 250 200 Devices 150 100
50

< 1s

< 2s

> 2s

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000

Zones
The maximum number of PRAESENSA network devices in one subnet of a system is approximately 250 devices. For a smooth and fast operation of the system, it is recommended to limit the system size to 150 devices, but this depends on the number of addressable zones. The number of zones in this graph represents the number of zones that are selected for the call, not the zones that are in the system. The system can have more zones. When these zones are not part of a call, they do not contribute to the setup time of that call. An "All-call" is the most time consuming.

4.6.7

Network switches
All networked PRAESENSA devices have a built in Ethernet switch with at least two Ethernet ports on RJ45, supporting Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). Because of the integrated switches, stacked devices can be looped through conveniently with short cables. For RSTPsupport, cable loops are allowed in the network, creating redundant connections for

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

General installation procedures and instructions | en 31
automatic network recovery when a connection would fail. This is an important consideration for emergency sound systems. No conventional starwiring is needed, although it is possible. A PRAESENSA network can be expanded easily by inserting more devices in the loop or chain. Not all Ethernet switches can be used for PRAESENSA (or any other system that is based on Audio over IP). As part of the PRAESENSA product range a preconfigured, managed, multiport Ethernet switch is available for more connection flexibility. This switch is also included in the PRAESENSA certification for EN5416 and other standards. In case other switches or routers are to be used, consider the following important requirements: ­ The switch must be a Gbswitch with packet switching performed in hardware; software
switches will introduce too much jitter. ­ The MACaddress table must have a capacity of >1000 addresses, to prevent that the
switch starts broadcasting unicast packets because it runs out of space. ­ The switch must support Quality of Service (QoS), with strict priority, through
differentiated services (DiffServ) on all ports, to ensure that PTP-synchronization and audio packets get priority over control packets. ­ Do not use Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) for PRAESENSA because this breaks the PTP synchronization, resulting in poor audio synchronization performance and occasional dropouts. EEE is a technology that reduces switch power consumption during periods of low network traffic. It is also known as `Green Ethernet' and IEEE 802.3az. The PRAESENSA system controller and multifunction power supply have integrated switches, but when additional switches are needed, it is recommended to use PRAESENSA managed switches. Otherwise, do not use unmanaged Ethernet switches that support the EEE function, since EEE operation cannot be disabled in these switches. For managed switches, ensure that they allow EEE to be disabled and make sure that EEE is disabled on all ports used for PRAESENSA audio traffic. Guidelines for selecting switches are found on the Audinate website at the following link: https://www.audinate.com/resources/networks-switches ­ Because PRAESENSA uses the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) for network connection redundancy, the switch must support RSTP (IEEE 802.1D2004) with the ability to change the following parameters, which must be set to the following (not default) values: Hello_time = 9 s, Forwarding_delay = 30 s, Max_age = 22 s. Make sure that not more than 21 devices are between the root bridge and any other device. The 22nd and further devices will not communicate anymore. This means that a loop of 43 devices may work fine, but when the loop breaks, all devices after the 21st device are lost. ­ The switch must support the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP, IEEE 802.1AB) and LLDP must be enabled. LLDP is a vendor-neutral configuration exchange protocol for Layer 2 discovery based on the IEEE 802.1ab standard. This protocol allows a device to advertise information such as its identity or capabilities to its neighbor. PRAESENSA uses LLDP for network supervision. The Docent network diagnose tool also requires LLDP. ­ PRAESENSA uses Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), the communication protocol responsible for communication between the end devices (hosts) and the switch or router. It is used for dynamic multicasting between one source and a selected group of destinations by establishing multicast group memberships. For switches that offer the possibility of IGMP snooping, it is strongly recommended to disable this feature. Performance limitations of the switch while snooping many

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

32 en | General installation procedures and instructions

PRAESENSA

4.6.8

simultaneous IGMP messages may cause some messages to be dropped, resulting in no multicast audio being present on the requesting port. Especially when using daisychained devices this will be a problem.
Setting up connections
The PRAESENSA system controller manages all dynamic OMNEO channels between PRAESENSA devices. The software program OMNEO Control is not needed to set up OMNEO channels. To set up static Dante channels from Dante sources to the PRAESENSA system controller, use Dante Controller from Audinate. These static channels will be persistent, i.e. are automatically restored after the Dante source has been switched off and on again.

4.6.9
i

Network redundancy
Dante supports socalled glitchfree audio redundancy. This is a failover protection mechanism ensuring audio is resistant to network failure. To achieve glitchfree audio redundancy an entirely redundant network structure is required, doubling the network and the installed network components, with dual Ethernet connections on separate subnets. However, to have glitchfree redundant audio, you cannot conveniently daisychain units across the subnet. Audio is sent and received on all the connections, eliminating the possibility of connections to other devices in a chain. If one connection is lost, the audio stream is still received through the second connection, meaning no audio information is lost. An important restriction of this mechanism is that it only works for audio; the transmission of control information is not redundant! Therefore, in the event of failover, audio continues to play, but settings cannot be changed until the primary link has been repaired. This makes glitchfree audio redundancy unsuitable for PRAESENSA, that continuously uses control information between devices for monitoring and call processing. PRAESENSA uses RSTP to create redundancy. This is not glitchfree, audio will be muted for a short period of time until the network has recovered from a broken link, but it works for both audio and control data. Also, it allows for loopthrough connections, so devices can be daisychained. For static Dante audio input streams, the PRAESENSA system controller does support glitchfree audio redundancy. This is possible because these Dante sources are not controlled by the system controller. To use this feature, the primary network must be connected to one of the ports 1 to 4 of the system controller, the secondary network must be connected to port 5. The Dante connections must be set up using Dante Controller software.
Notice! 1000BASET Ethernet connections use all four wire pairs in a standard CAT5e cable (or better), while 100BASETX uses only two pairs. Most Ethernet switches have a feature that a 1000BASET port falls back to 100BASETX when a connected cable has a fault of some sort in any of its eight wires. In a system that is using RSTP for cable redundancy, it is important that this fallback feature is disabled, because a 100 Mbps connection is still considered a valid connection and RSTP will not replace it by an alternative high speed 1 Gbps-link. All PRAESENSA devices have this fallback mechanism disabled to allow RSTP to work properly.

4.6.10

IP-addressing
An Internet Protocol (IP) address is a unique address which identifies hardware over the network such as a computer, server, system controller, switch, call station or amplifier. It allows a device to communicate with other devices over an IPbased network such as the LAN or WAN. There are multiple possibilities for assigning an IPaddress to a device: LinkLocal, DHCP and manual (static) assignment:

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
i

General installation procedures and instructions | en 33
­ LinkLocal addresses are automatically assigned by the individual devices in cases where no static IPaddressing is assigned and a DHCPserver is not found (IPv4LL). Addressing is based on the MAC-address of the device. LinkLocal addressing can be recognized by an IPaddress within the range of 169.254.0.0/16 (169.254.0.1 - 169.254.255.254) with subnetmask 255.255.0.0. Do not use 255.255.255.0 as subnetmask! This LinkLocal addressing is also known as Automatic Private IPAddressing (APIPA-addressing). The LinkLocal addressing scheme manages fixed IPaddresses in the same range, as the devices automatically check availability of the IPaddress to ensure devices that do not support IPv4LL can operate in the same subnet. IPv4LL addressing only supports a single subnet; this IPaddress range is not routable, so will be dropped by a router.
­ Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a technology used to assign IPaddresses and other related configuration information (such as subnet mask and default gateway) automatically to each device on a network. This is achieved by using a device that contains a DCHPserver, a feature frequently found in devices such as routers or an ARNI. As long as all devices are within the same subnet, IPv4LL is the preferred way of address assignment. When using DHCP, make sure the DHCPserver is powerful enough, because all devices will request an address immediately after the system switches on.
­ Manually assigned IP-addresses, also known as static or fixed IPaddressing, are only recommended if there is a good understanding of the network administration and assigned IPaddressing schemes already in place on the network. This is critical for preventing collisions and invalid or duplicate IPaddresses on the network. It is mandatory to enter a valid IPaddress and subnet mask, while it is optional to enter a default gateway and DNSserver address. The default gateway is mandatory when data goes outside the local area network (LAN) and the DNSserver is mandatory when an ARNI is used within the system. If there is a DHCPserver active, in addition to using fixed IPaddresses, it is recommended to exclude the fixed IPaddresses from the DHCPaddress range. Currently PRAESENSA does not support manually assigned IPaddresses.
Additional information: ­ Some devices have multiple IPaddresses. This refers to devices that contain multiple
Network Interface Cards (NICs) or to the protocols they are using. Examples are the system controller and the call station, which contain a controller IPaddress and an audio IPaddress. ­ Managed switches need a valid IPaddress to change the configuration.
Notice! When a DHCPserver is added to an existing PRAESENSA network in which the devices already have a LinkLocal IPaddress, then these devices will query a new IPaddress from the DHCPserver and get a new address assigned. This results in temporary network disconnects. When a DHCPserver is removed from an existing PRAESENSA network, initially all devices will continue to work with their assigned IPaddresses. However, when the lease time expires, they will revert back to a LinkLocal IPaddress. Since every device will do this at a different moment, this will lead to system instability for a prolonged time. It is better to switch off the power to the system, remove the DHCPserver and switch the system on again.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

34 en | General installation procedures and instructions

PRAESENSA

!
4.6.11

Caution! When part of a PRAESENSA system is powered down, including the DHCPserver, while the rest of the system remains in operation, then, upon restart of the DHCPserver, some DHCPservers may assign an IPaddress to a restarting PRAESENSA device that is already in use by one of the devices in operation. This will result in unexpected behavior of the system and requires a power cycle of the whole system, to renew all IPaddresses. Also the DHCPserver function of the PRA-ES8P2S switch is suffering from this behavior; therefore this function is disabled by default and it is advised not to enable and use it.
Transmission methods
IPcommunication takes place using the following transmission methods: ­ Unicast is used for onetoone, also known as pointtopoint, transmission with one
sender and one receiver. A switch detects which port a unicast IPaddress is connected to and only forward packets to this port.
1 Sender
2 Receiver
2 1

­ Broadcast is used for onetoall transmission with one sender and multiple receivers. With broadcast, the packets are sent to all devices in the subnet or VLAN. The data is then processed by the devices that need it, but ignored by others that do not. However, the bandwidth on the link is still utilized by sending this information.

2 2 1
2

1 Sender

2

2 Receiver

2

2 2

­ Multicast is used for onetomany transmission with just one sender and multiple receivers. Multicast differs from broadcast in that packets are sent only to the devices and ports that are interested in the data. This means that multicast traffic can make much more efficient use of available network bandwidth, but may also require the use of IGMP for management. Without IGMP, multicast traffic behaves as broadcast traffic.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

2 1

General installation procedures and instructions | en 35
1 Sender 2 Receiver
2

2

Although OMNEO supports unicast and multicast for audio streams, PRAESENSA uses multicast transmission for all dynamic OMNEO audio channels. An audio stream of a call station can be received by multiple amplifiers to play out in connected zones. Even during an announcement it is possible to add zones to that call by subscribing the appropriate amplifiers to the already existing multicast stream. Exchange of control information is done onetoone and uses a unicast transmission link. Dante audio streams can be configured as unicast or multicast stream, depending on the number of receivers (destinations).

4.7

Security precautions

PRAESENSA is an IPconnected, networked Public Address and Voice Alarm system. In order to ensure that the intended functions of the system are not compromised, special attention and measures are required during installation and operation to avoid tampering of the system. Many of such measures are provided in the PRAESENSA configuration manual and installation manual, related to the products and the activities described. This section provides an overview of precautions to be taken, related to network security and access to the system. ­ Follow the installation instructions with respect to the location of equipment and the
permitted access levels. See section 4.1 of the PRAESENSA installation manual. Make sure that critical* call stations and operator panels that are configured for alarm functions only have restricted access using a special procedure, such as being mounted in an enclosure with lockable door or by configuration of user authentication on the device**. * Call stations, that address very large areas, are considered as critical. ** Availability of the user authentication function is to be announced. ­ It is highly recommended to operate PRAESENSA on its own dedicated network, not mixed with other equipment for other purposes. Other equipment may be accessible by unauthorized people, causing a security risk. This is especially true if the network is connected to the Internet. ­ It is highly recommended that unused ports of network switches are locked or disabled to avoid the possibility that equipment is connected that may compromise the system. This is also the case for PRAESENSA call stations that are connected via a single network cable. Make sure that the connector cover of the device is in place and properly fixed, to avoid that the second network socket is accessible. Other PRAESENSA equipment should be installed in an area that is only accessible by authorized people to avoid tampering. ­ PRAESENSA uses secure OMNEO for its network connections, using encryption and authentication for all control and audio data exchange, but the system controller allows the configuration of unsecure Dante or AES67 audio connections as an extension of the system, both as inputs and as outputs. These Dante/AES67 connections are not authenticated and not encrypted and form a security risk, as no precautions are taken against malicious or accidental attacks via their network interfaces. For highest security, these Dante/AES67 devices should not be used as part of the PRAESENSA system. If such inputs or outputs need to be used, use unicast connections only. Only Dante devices

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

36 en | General installation procedures and instructions

PRAESENSA

should be used that support Device Lock. Device Lock allows you to lock and unlock supported Dante devices using a 4digit PIN (Personal Identification Number). Make sure that the devices are locked when in normal operation. Dante Controller is needed to set the PIN and setup the connections. Alternatively use Dante Domain Manager. ­ For security reasons, by default the PRA-ES8P2S Ethernet switch is not accessible from the Internet. When the default (special linklocal) IPaddress is changed to an address outside the linklocal range (169.254.x.x/16), then also the default (published) password must be changed. But even for applications on a closed local network, for highest security the password may still be changed. See section 14.5 of the PRAESENSA installation manual. ­ The PRA-ES8P2S network switch supports SNMP. By convention, most SNMPv1v2c equipment ships from the factory with a read-only community string set to "public". This also applies to the PRA-ES8P2S. For security reasons SNMP should be disabled. If SNMP must be enabled, for example to use the Bosch Network analysis tool OMNDOCENT, use SNMPv3. SNMPv3 provides much better security with authentication and privacy. Select the authentication level SHA and encryption via AES. To configure the switch accordingly, see section 14.5 of the PRAESENSA installation manual. ­ The system controller webserver uses secure HTTPS with SSL. The web server in the system controller uses a selfsigned security certificate. When you access the server via https, you will see a Secure Connection Failed error or warning dialog indicating that the certificate was signed by an unknown authority. This is expected and to avoid this message in the future you have to create an exception in the browser. ­ Make sure that new user accounts for system configuration access use sufficiently long and complex passwords. The user name must have between 5 and 64 characters. The password must have between 4 and 64 characters. ­ The PRAESENSA system controller provides an Open Interface for external control. Access via this interface requires the same user accounts as for system configuration access. In addition, the system controller generates a certificate to setup the TLS (secure) connection between the system controller and the Open Interface client. Download the certificate and open/install/save (depending on browser type) the crtfile. Activate the certificate on the client PC. See section 7.2 of the PRAESENSA configuration manual. ­ System access to the devices of this system is secured via the OMNEO security user name and passphrase of the system. The system uses a self-generated user name and long passphrase. This can be changed in the configuration. The user name must have between 5 and 32 characters and the passphrase must have 8 to 64 characters. To update the firmware of the devices, the firmware upload tool requires this security user name and passphrase to get access. ­ In case a PC for event logs is used (PRAESENSA logging server and viewer), make sure that the PC is not accessible by unauthorized persons.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
5
5.1

System composition | en 37
System composition
For large sound systems it may not be immediately clear how many amplifiers are needed, and which model, to connect the loudspeaker loads in all zones. Also, how many power supplies are needed for these amplifiers, the system controller, call stations and other system components, and what the backup battery size should be for the multifunction power supplies.
Constant voltage systems
Public address audio installations often require large numbers of loudspeakers to be powered from a single amplifier. Using traditional low impedance loudspeakers (416 ohm), like used in consumer audio installations, would make it very difficult to connect all these loudspeakers, especially when not all loudspeakers have the same power rating. Simple parallel connection of all loudspeakers would create a very low impedance load that the amplifier most likely cannot drive. Connecting the loudspeakers in a series-parallel fashion (e.g. 4 parallel strings, each with 4 loudspeakers in series) keeps the overall load impedance the same as for an individual loudspeaker, but all loudspeakers will get the same amount of power, even when small and large loudspeakers are mixed, for instance because some loudspeakers need to be louder than others. Also wiring the loudspeakers would be difficult and error prone.
Solution There is a very simple and elegant solution to this problem: constant voltage systems. A constant voltage system is a system that uses a standardized maximum signal level for amplifiers and loudspeakers. Most frequently used are 70 V systems (in USA) and 100 V systems (rest of the world). ­ A 100 V amplifier is capable of delivering 100 VRMS sine wave power (equal to
282 Vpeaktopeak) before clipping. ­ A 100 V loudspeaker is designed to deliver its specified maximum output level with a
100 V input signal. ­ A 30 W loudspeaker takes 30 W at 100 V and a 6 W loudspeaker takes 6 W at 100 V. Now all loudspeakers belonging to the same group can simply be connected in parallel with perfect power distribution and no risk of overloading some loudspeakers. The total loudspeaker load of such a set of parallel connected loudspeakers is just the sum of all individual loads. Of course, the amplifier must be capable to deliver at least that amount of power. Loudspeakers for constant voltage usage have a much higher impedance than the typical 8 ohm of a consumer loudspeaker, because an 8 ohm loudspeaker would dissipate 1250 W when driven by a 100 V signal. A 10 W loudspeaker for 100 V usage has an impedance of 1 kohm. The loudspeaker voice coil cannot be made with such long and thin wire to achieve that high impedance. Instead, a normal loudspeaker is used with an impedance of around 8 ohm, combined with an input transformer to convert the 100 V input to e.g. 9 V output, just enough for 10 W into 8 ohm. Using a 100 V distribution line to drive the loudspeakers requires much lower currents to transfer the same amount of power. That means that thinner wires can be used to connect the loudspeakers and also the cable losses are much lower. This is very important when long loudspeaker lines are to be used, such as often required for public address systems, covering large areas. Loudspeakers for the same zone are then connected in a daisy chain, to make it possible to supervise the whole line with a single end-of-line device. Star wiring of loudspeakers should be avoided, as it often uses much more loudspeaker cable and cannot be supervised easily.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

38 en | System composition

PRAESENSA

5.2

Traditionally the power amplifiers also use transformers to convert the relatively low maximum output voltage of the amplifier to the standardized 100 V distribution level. The size and weight of these transformers scale with their power handling capabilities and determine to a large extend the size and weight of the whole amplifier. PRAESENSA amplifiers, however, use high power supply voltages to create a 100 V (or 70 V) output signal without the use of output transformers. This does not only saves weight but also improves the audio quality, as transformers operate within a limited frequency range and may suffer from core saturation at very low frequencies. Another big benefit is that the output power of an amplifier channel is not limited anymore by the size of its output transformer, an important pre-condition for flexible power allocation across output channels for multi-channel amplifiers.
Amplifier selection
The flexibility of the PRAESENSA multichannel power amplifiers makes it possible to cover most demands with just a few different models, the PRA-AD604 and PRA-AD608. Both models have a power budget of 600 W in total, to power the loads for 4 or 8 channels. Because the channels can be loaded with any amount of loudspeaker load within the 600 W budget of the whole amplifier, only the average channel load determines which amplifier fits best to the load. The PRA-AD608 is capable to drive 600 W of load into 8 zones, so it fits best when the average zone size is 600/8 = 75 W, or less. The PRA-AD604 fits best when the average zone size is 600/4 = 150 W, or more. When the average zone size of a large system is between 75 W and 150 W, then a mix of PRA-AD604 and PRA-AD608 amplifiers is needed.
To determine quickly the minimum amount and type of amplifiers that are needed for a project, use the following rules: 1. Check how many locations are needed for equipment clusters to be installed (technical
rooms). System decentralization into clusters is often needed because of the size of the area that needs to be covered by the system. Decentralization of equipment is a good way to minimize the amount of loudspeaker cabling by positioning the amplifiers closer to the connected loudspeakers in each zone. Often clusters are located per fire zone, each covering multiple separately addressable smaller zones, to mitigate the requirement of fire resistant loudspeaker cabling. ­ The next steps for calculation must be executed for each cluster separately. 2. Count the number of zones for this cluster. Zones with a loudspeaker load > 600 W need to be split into sub-zones with a maximum load < 600 W each, because they require more than one amplifier. Then count the subzones instead of the original large zone. ­ Example: Cluster A serves 52 (sub-)zones, each needing its own amplifier channel. 3. Add up the loudspeaker loads of all zones to get the total loudspeaker load. For loudspeakers that are tapped down to get the required sound pressure level (and not more), use the tapped down power setting in the summation. Often a project asks for a margin on the power for later expansion, then count that margin in. ­ Example: The total loudspeaker load for cluster A is 4300 W and 20% margin is
needed. Then the total load for calculation is 4300x1.2 = 5160 W. 4. Based on the number of zones at least a certain number of amplifiers is needed to have
enough channels to drive each zone separately. Because the PRA-AD608 has the most channels (8), divide the number of zones by 8 and round up. ­ Example: Cluster A has 52 zones, so at least 52/8 = 6.5 amplifiers are needed, that
means at least 7 whole amplifiers.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

System composition | en 39
5. Based on the loudspeaker load, including margin, at least a certain number of amplifiers is needed to have enough power available to drive the total load. Because all amplifiers are 600 W capable, divide the total load by 600 W and round up. ­ Example: Cluster A needs 5160 W, so at least 5160/600 = 8.6 amplifiers are needed, that means at least 9 whole amplifiers.
6. Some large loudspeaker zones may need more than 300 W each. These zones cannot be connected to the same amplifier because then the total power would become > 600 W. These zones need at least their own amplifier, although smaller zones may be added to other channels of that amplifier. Count the number of such large zones. ­ Example: Of the 52 zones in cluster A there are 5 with a load of around 400 W, so at least 5 amplifiers are needed already for these zones.
7. The required number of amplifiers is now the biggest number that came out of steps 4, 5 and 6. That number represents the deciding factor for this cluster. ­ Example: Based on channel count 7 amplifiers are needed, based on total loudspeaker load 9 amplifiers are needed and based on large zones at least 5 amplifiers are needed. That means that 9 amplifiers are needed because loudspeaker load is the deciding factor here.
8. To know what type of amplifiers is needed, it is important to consider the average number of channels per amplifier that is needed for this cluster. When it is < 4, then the cluster can use 4channel amplifiers all over. When it is > 8, then all amplifiers must be 8channel. When it is between 4 and 8 channels per amplifier, a mix of both models is needed, based on interpolation. ­ Example: Cluster A needs 52 channels for 52 zones and uses at least 9 amplifiers. This is 52/9 = 5.78 channels per amplifier, which is between 4 and 8. Then the number of 8-channel amplifiers can be calculated via interpolation: 9x(5.78-4)/4 = 4, meaning that cluster A needs 4 pieces of PRA-AD608, so the other 94 = 5 amplifiers can be PRA-AD604.
9. Now the minimum number of amplifiers is known and, if no other requirements exist, this number is sufficient as a basis for further system design, even without knowing what the actual load of each zone is. Because of other requirements more amplifiers may be needed, e.g. when certain groups of zones must be connected to the same amplifier; then it may not be possible to optimize the load assignment across all amplifiers. Also when the cluster has many relatively big zones and very few small zones, it may happen that another amplifier is needed because the remaining power budget of each of the amplifiers is not enough to accept the load of another big zone, although the sum of all the remaining budgets of all amplifiers is more than enough for that big zone. It may help to split up such a zone in smaller sub-zones.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

40 en | System composition

PRAESENSA

5.3

Amplifier power and crest factor
The PRA-AD604 and PRA-AD608 amplifiers are designed for a maximum loudspeaker load of 600 W. Of course the amount of power that is actually delivered to the loudspeakers depends on the audio signal being amplified. A full scale sinewave signal with an RMS (Root Mean Square) voltage of 100 V into a resistive loudspeaker load of 16.7 ohm would cause 600 W of power to be delivered to that load. For this RMS output voltage of 100 V, the peak output voltage is 141 V. For a sine wave, the RMS voltage is 3 dB lower than its peak voltage. This can also be expressed as that a sine wave has a crest factor of 3 dB, because by definition the crest factor of a signal is the ratio of its peak level to its RMS level. A square wave signal has a crest factor of 0 dB because its peak level and its RMS level is the same. Pink noise has a crest factor of 12 dB and a typical STIPA test signal has a crest factor of 13 dB. The crest factor of voice signals is approximately 12 dB. That is, the peaks of speech are about 12 dB more intense than the average values. This is caused by natural damping of the human vocal tract due to the nasal cavity, soft cheeks, soft tongue, lips, et cetera. Musical instruments, however, are not so well damped. Hard walled horns and stiff resonator chambers all yield a physical musical signal with much higher crest factors. Typical crest factors for musical instruments are on the order of 18 to 20 dB. That is, with musical instruments, peaks tend to be sharper than for speech. On the other hand, for recorded music the crest factor is often lowered by mixing of multiple instruments and additional sound processing in order to get a more even output level, where soft signals don't disappear in the ambient noise and loud fragments are not disturbingly loud.
It is sufficient that an amplifier can drive its loudspeaker load to the maximum level only during peaks; its long term (average) power capability can be much lower. It is generally accepted that a continuous output power of 1/8 of the maximum sinewave power is sufficient for most types of music and speech. The PRA-AD604 and PRA-AD608 amplifiers have more margin and can deliver a continuous RMS output power of 1/4 of the maximum sine wave power, which is 150 W for a 600 W amplifier. For short periods of time (bursts) the maximum output power is 600 W. This additional margin is used to play continuous alarm tones at a relatively high level. An even higher level would not be very useful because PRAESENSA is a Voice Alarm system, and the loudness of an alarm tone should not be significantly higher than the loudness of the voice signal, otherwise the voice signal would be perceived as softer and not very clear.
PRAESENSA uses digital signal processing and transport. The maximum peak voltage of 141 V at an amplifier channel output corresponds to a digital signal level of 0 dBFS (dB Full Scale). The RMS level of a full scale sinewave is 3 dB lower, so -3 dBFS, corresponding to an RMS voltage of 100 V. In the 70 V mode all voltage levels are 3 dB lower for the same digital signal level in dBFS. In order to keep the RMS power at 150 W for a 600 W loudspeaker load, the RMS signal level must be 6 dB lower. This means that the RMS level of the digital signal should not be more than -9 dBFS. Peaks can be as high as 0 dBFS. The PRAESENSA amplifiers have an integrated RMS power limiter that reduces the signal level to all channels when the combined output power of all channels together exceeds 150 W for a too long time.
PRAESENSA has a library of attention tones, alarm tones and test tones, formatted as wavfiles. These tones all have an RMS level at or below -9 dBFS. For custom made tones this should not be different. For instance, one of the multisine alarm tones in the audio editing program Audacity may look like this:

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

System composition | en 41

5.4

The peaks are at -1.3 dBFS (= 0.86 of full scale) and the RMS level is at -9.4 dBFS (= 0.34 of full scale). Both these levels are also visible in the level bar at the top.
Battery calculation
The PRAESENSA system includes multifunction power supplies, like the PRA-MPS3, to power other PRAESENSA devices from the mains, but also from a battery in case of mains failures. PRAESENSA encourages to use a distributed system approach, in order to minimize expensive (fire resistant) loudspeaker cabling, therefore each multifunction power supply uses its own battery. There is no large battery set that supplies power to a centralized system on one location.

5.4.1

Topology
Each PRA-MPS3 multifunction power supply has the capability to power up to three amplifiers via 48 VDC, one system controller (or other device) via 24 VDC and one Call station via PoE. A single 12 V battery is charged by the multifunction power supply to which it is connected. This battery serves as a backup power source during mains failures. A large system with dozens of amplifiers will contain many PRA-MPS3 devices, each having its own battery. This means that the required capacity of each battery must be calculated separately for the PRA-MPS3 it is connected to, taking the load into account that is served by this specific PRA-MPS3. For the devices that are powered from a PRA-MPS3, it is important to notice that the power consumption of each device may vary depending on operation modes and how it is connected. When the power consumption has been calculated or measured, the corresponding battery current draw (in case of a mains failure) can be calculated or measured. The power taken from the battery will always be slightly higher than the power that is consumed by the device, because of additional losses in the DC/DC converters inside the PRA-MPS3 that convert the battery voltage to 48 VDC and 24 VDC.

5.4.2

Operating conditions

PRA-SCL The power consumption of the PRA-SCL is relatively small, stable and hardly affected by system activities. It is powered from the 24 VDC output of the PRA-MPS3. Only the number of active Ethernet ports increases the power consumption. At least one port will be in use, but often more ports are active. In case of a connection to a PC for logging and to two independent loops for linking to other PRAESENSA devices, all five ports will be in use.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

42 en | System composition

PRAESENSA

PRA-CSLD | PRA-CSLW | PRA-CSE The power consumption of the PRA-CSLD and PRA-CSLW is the same. Again, the power consumption consists of a fixed part with an increment per active Ethernet port. Power is supplied via PoE to one or both ports. Power is taken from the port that has the highest PoE voltage. This means that if a call station is powered from two different PoE sources, like two different PRA-MPS3 power supplies for additional redundancy, because of tolerances all of the power may be taken from one of the power supplies. Only upon disconnection of that Ethernet cable, the call station will take power from the other power supply. Even if both PoE voltages are the same, using one short cable and one long cable may result in that most of the power is taken via the shortest cable because then the voltage drop across the wire resistance of each cable is equal. Connecting PRA-CSE extensions to the call station will increase its power consumption slightly, the increment depends on the number of LEDs that are on, but on average that contribution is very limited because selections are only active during calls. When a call station is configured for emergency purposes it may happen that a fault or failure occurs and the buzzer of the call station is activated as an audible fault alarm. This is only the case for emergency call stations, but the power consumption of the buzzer must then be taken into account because the fault may not be acknowledged and then the buzzer continues.
PRA-AD604 | PRA-AD608 The PRA-AD604 and PRA-AD608 amplifiers are designed for low power consumption, especially when powered from a battery, by incorporating different modes of operation. When the amplifier is running on mains power and there is no audio signal present, it is operating in idle mode on a reduced power supply voltage to keep the idle power consumption relatively low. When an audio signal is present for one or more of the audio channels, then the power supply voltage increases to the normal operating voltage to be able to drive loudspeaker lines up to 100 VRMS. This increases the idle losses in the amplifier channels. Of course, when the amplifier provides full output power to the loudspeakers, the power consumption increases significantly. Full output power means a continuous output power of 150 W into a 600 W loudspeaker load. Because typical speech and music signals have a crest factor of more than 9 dB, the RMS power remains below 150 W while the burst output power is 600 W. When the mains voltage on the PRA-MPS3 fails, it switches to the battery to take power from. The PRA-MPS3 notifies the amplifier of this and when the amplifier doesn't have to make announcements of high enough priority, it will go into sleep mode or snooze mode and notifies the PRA-MPS3 to switch off the 48 VDC power section to this amplifier. The amplifier then operates directly from the battery via the lifeline interconnection. In sleep mode the power consumption is lowest but there is no amplifier and loudspeaker line supervision active. When supervision has been enabled for this amplifier, the amplifier will go into snooze mode, which is a combination of being in sleep mode for most of the time, but waking up into idle mode to perform a supervision cycle for a few seconds every 90 seconds. The average power consumption in snooze mode is somewhat larger than in sleep mode. When a call is being made or a tone played to one or more of the channels, the amplifier immediately requests the PRA-MPS3 to switch on the 48 VDC power supply again and the amplifier will operate from the normal supply voltage. The power consumption of the active amplifier will then vary between the value for low power (small signal audio or small loudspeaker load) and full power (audio in full load at maximum level). In all modes, the power consumption of the active Ethernet ports must be taken into account. Because the PRA-AD608 has nine amplifier channels, while the PRA-AD604 has five channels, the power consumption of the PRA-AD608 is slightly higher than of the PRA-AD604.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

System composition | en 43
PRA-ES8P2S This Ethernet switch has dual redundant 24 to 48 V DC-inputs. In case no battery backup is required, it can be powered from a PRA-PSM24 or PRA-PSM48 power supply. In case the switch is used in a Voice Alarm system, compliant to EN5416, the switch must be powered from an EN544 certified power supply, like the PRA-MPS3. When the switch is powered by the PRA-MPS3 multifunction power supply, it must be connected to one of the 48 V outputs, normally intended for the amplifiers. Use both A and B outputs for connection redundancy. The 24 V output of the PRA-MPS3 is not powerful enough for this switch. The 48 V output that is powering the switch should not be used to also power an amplifier. Especially when the switch is serving multiple PoE powered devices as PSE (Power Sourcing Equipment), its power consumption can raise to 140 W. The remaining power capacity of the 48 V supply is not sufficient anymore for an amplifier under various load conditions. The lifeline that belongs to the powering 48 V output is not used, so the 48 V output will not be disabled as would be for amplifiers in sleep/snooze mode to save power. It is also essential that the 48 V for the switch is not disabled at any time. In case of mains failure the switch will be powered from the battery, connected to the multifunction power supply. The power consumption of the switch is highly dependent on the number of ports that are in use and whether these ports provide PoE power to connected devices. Next to the power consumption of the switch itself and the power consumption of the active ports, the PoE loads of all ports together (expressed in watt) multiplied by 0.1 gives the approximate additional load of the battery (expressed in ampere). Please note that a call station that is connected to this switch and powered via PoE from this switch will load the battery slightly more than when the same call station would have been directly powered from a PoE port of the PRA-MPS3, because the switch in between has some 20% additional losses.
PRA-MPS3 The power consumption of the PRA-MPS3 itself is mainly determined by its network interface and the number of active Ethernet ports (RJ45 or SFP). For the battery capacity calculation, the power loss of the DC/DC converters to supply power to all connected devices is already taken into account in the power taken from the battery by these devices. The power consumption of the relays of the control outputs is insignificant.
PRA-ANS The power consumption of the PRA-ANS device is relatively low but not to be neglected, especially if multiple devices are used. The power is supplied through a single PoE connection. It is not strictly needed for a PRA-ANS to be connected to a power source with a battery backup. If the PoE and the link disappear, the AVC deactivates for the affected zone. In this condition, calls will be at the highest level within the AVC control range.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

44 en | System composition

PRAESENSA

5.4.3

Power consumption
The following table gives an overview of the power demand of the PRAESENSA devices for the different operating conditions.

Device PRA-SCL PRA-CSLD / PRA-CSLW PRA-AD604
PRA-AD608
PRA-ES8P2S PRA-MPS3 PRA-ANS

Device elements
System controller + per active RJ45 port
Call station + per active RJ45 port + per extension PRA-CSE + with alarm option
Amplifier (sleep) Amplifier (snooze) Amplifier (active, idle) Amplifier (active, low power) Amplifier (active, full power) + per active RJ45 port
Amplifier (sleep) Amplifier (snooze) Amplifier (active, idle) Amplifier (active, low power) Amplifier (active, full power) + per active RJ45 port
Ethernet switch + per active RJ45 port + per active SFP port + PoE load
Multifunction power supply + per active RJ45 port + per active SFP port
Ambient noise sensor

Power consumption
[W]

Power from battery [W]

Current from
battery [A]

3.9

4.2

0.35

0.4

0.5

0.04

4.2

5.0

0.42

0.5

0.6

0.05

0.1

0.1

0.01

1.2

1.5

0.12

6.0

6.0

0.50

7.5

8.0

0.67

38

46

3.83

52

63

5.25

222

244

20.33

0.4

0.4

0.03

6.0

6.0

0.50

8.9

9.5

0.79

54

66

5.50

74

90

7.50

246

271

22.58

0.4

0.4

0.03

7.0 0.4 0.7 load

8.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 x load

0.70 0.04 0.07 0.1 x load

5.2

5.2

0.43

0.4

0.4

0.03

0.7

0.7

0.06

1.6

1.9

0.16

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
5.4.4

System composition | en 45

Accurate battery size calculation
The size or capacity of the battery for each cluster of devices, consisting of a PRA-MPS3, up to three amplifiers and optionally a system controller and a call station, can be calculated by using the current taken from the battery for each device element, as shown in the previous section. Of importance is for how long the system must be able to operate on the battery. Most emergency sound systems are specified to run on battery for 24 hours in quiescent mode and then subsequently for 30 minutes doing (voice) alarms.
System example Consider a voice alarm system that consists of the devices as shown in the next table.

Device

Device elements

Current taken from battery [A]

Time in quiescent mode [h]

Time in alarm mode
[h]

Current x time [Ah]

PRA-SCL

System controller + per active RJ45 port (2)

0.35

24

2 x 0.04

24

0.5

8.58

0.5

1.96

PRA-CSLD

Call station

0.42

24

+ per active RJ45 port (2)

2 x 0.05

24

+ per extension PRA-CSE (3) 3 x 0.01

24

+ with alarm option

0.12

24

0.5

10.29

0.5

2.45

0.5

0.73

0.5

2.94

PRA-AD604

Amplifier (sleep)

0.50

-

Amplifier (snooze)

0.67

24

Amplifier (active, idle)

3.83

-

Amplifier (active, low power)

5.25

-

Amplifier (active, full power)

20.33

-

+ per active RJ45 port (2)

2 x 0.03

24

-

-

-

16.08

-

-

-

-

0.5

10.17

0.5

1.47

PRA-AD608

Amplifier (sleep)

0.50

-

Amplifier (snooze)

0.79

24

Amplifier (active, idle)

5.50

-

Amplifier (active, low power)

7.50

-

Amplifier (active, full power)

22.58

-

+ per active RJ45 port (2)

2 x 0.03

24

-

-

-

18.96

-

-

-

-

0.5

11.29

0.5

1.47

PRA-AD608

Amplifier (sleep)

0.50

-

Amplifier (snooze)

0.79

24

Amplifier (active, idle)

5.50

-

Amplifier (active, low power)

7.50

-

Amplifier (active, full power)

22.58

-

+ per active RJ45 port (2)

2 x 0.03

24

-

-

-

18.96

-

-

-

-

0.5

11.29

0.5

1.47

PRA-MPS3

Multifunction power supply

0.43

24

+ per active RJ45 port (2)

2 x 0.03

24

+ per active SFP port

0.06

-

0.5

10.53

0.5

1.47

-

-

Total calculated battery capacity [Ah] Required battery capacity (30% oversized) [Ah]

130.11 170

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

46 en | System composition

PRAESENSA

5.4.5

All devices are connected in a single loop, which means that all devices have two ports in active use for loopthrough cabling. The PRA-CSLD is used as emergency call station and has three extensions connected. Because this is a voice alarm system, supervision is enabled. Furthermore the system is specified to run from a battery for 24 hours in quiescent mode and 30 minutes in alarm mode.

Manufacturers specify the capacity of a leadacid battery at a specified discharge rate. Typically the specified (nominal) battery capacity is based on fully discharging the battery in 20 hours with a constant (nominal) current. If the battery is discharged at a faster rate, the delivered capacity is less, and if the battery is discharged at a slower rate the delivered capacity is more. This effect is described by Peukert's law. Without going into detail, this law describes an exponential relationship between the discharge current and the delivered capacity over a specified range of discharge currents. For flooded lead-acid batteries this effect is very significant, for VRLA batteries this effect is much smaller but certainly not negligible. Consider a PRAESENSA system with a battery capacity that is sufficient for 24 h operation in quiescent mode, followed by 0.5 h operation in alarm mode. In quiescent mode the discharge current will be around half of the nominal current and a typical VRLA battery then has an effective capacity of 110% of the nominal capacity. But during alarm mode the discharge current can be up to ten times higher than the nominal discharge current and the effective battery capacity then reduces to 75% of the nominal capacity. The consequence of this is that the required nominal battery capacity should be around 20% higher than calculated without taking Peukert's law into account. Because another 10% additional battery capacity is needed to compensate for aging and low temperature operation, the battery must be oversized by approximately 30%.

Quick battery size calculation
A very simple and quick way to calculate the required battery capacity is to add up the Ahvalues from the table below. This includes 30% battery oversize and it doesn't matter whether the amplifiers are 4channel or 8channel amplifiers, how many channels are in use or what the loudspeaker load is, nor how many call station extensions are used, whether it is used to make alarm calls or not, nor how many Ethernet ports are used. These details have only a relatively small impact on the ultimate battery capacity needed and the Ah-values are rounded up to include them all.

Device
System controller Call station with extensions Amplifier Multifunction power supply

Battery requirement

24 h quiescent + 0.5 h alarm 30 h quiescent + 0.5 h alarm

17 Ah

21 Ah

21 Ah

26 Ah

40 Ah

47 Ah

21 Ah

25 Ah

According to this simple table, the system described in the previous section would get a backup battery of 17 + 21 + 40 + 40 + 40 + 21 Ah = 179 Ah when used for 24 h in quiescent condition and 30 minutes in alarm condition. The accurate calculation resulted in 170 Ah. The additional benefit of this approach is that relatively small system changes, such as adding load to an amplifier, can easily be made without changing the already installed battery capacity.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

System composition | en 47

5.4.6

The minimum installed battery capacity should be 100 Ah to have a sufficiently low internal impedance of the battery to accommodate peak current draw from connected amplifiers. The maximum installed battery capacity is 230 Ah to be able to charge the battery within the permitted time according to EN 544 or similar standards. The maximum current draw from the battery would be approximately 70 A in alarm mode without taking the losses of the battery cables, battery internal resistance, fuse and connections into account. With the supplied battery cables and fuse, and assuming that the internal resistance of the battery is 3.5 mohm, the total series resistance is approximately 6 mohm. The 70 A current creates a loss of 0.42 V across this resistance, so the 12 V would drop to 11.58 V, making the supply voltage of the system, approximately 4% lower. Because all PRAESENSA devices use DC/DC converters that take the required power regardless of small deviations of the supply voltage, the 4% lower voltage is compensated by drawing 4% more current, so approximately 73 A. Because of this, the voltage drops a bit more and the current increases a bit more again. This shows the high importance of keeping the series resistance of the battery connections as low as possible. In quiescent conditions the current from the battery is hardly 4 A, worst case, so the cable losses are low (<0.1 W), but at maximum output power, the battery cable losses go up to 30 W, causing the cables to warm up. Also see section Battery and fuse, page 116.
Uninterruptable power supply size calculation
An alternative for the use of the multifunction power supply with builtin battery charger and converter, is to use the PRA-PSM48 to power PRAESENSA. This solution is not compliant to EN 54 / ISO 7240, but still useful for noncertified solutions. In this case the system controller PRA-SCL and Ethernet switch PRA-ES8P2S can be powered from a PRA-PSM48 power supply module. The PRA-CSLD and PRA-CSLW can be powered via PoE from the PRA-ES8P2S. The amplifiers PRA-AD604 and PRA-AD608 can also be powered from a PRA-PSM48, not more than one amplifier per power supply. Also with this setup it is possible to have battery backup power by using an uninterruptable power supply (UPS) to provide uninterruptable mains power to the PRA-PSM48 power supply modules.
The required capacity of the UPS can be calculated in the same way as for the backup battery of the multifunction power supply. Because the efficiency of the PRA-PSM48 power supply modules is comparable to the efficiency of the DC/DC converters in the multifunction power supply, take the data from the column "Power from battery [W]" in the table of Power consumption, page 44. This is also the approximate amount of mains power that is taken by the PRA-PSM48 , when it is powering the connected device or devices in the mode or configuration that is specified in this table. To calculate the required battery capacity or energy storage, the power consumption must be multiplied by the time that the devices are powered in a specific mode, similar to what was done for the accurate battery size calculation in Accurate battery size calculation, page 45. However, in this case the amplifiers cannot run in snooze mode, but will run in idle mode while not being active. The snooze mode is only available in combination with the multifunction power supply. In idle mode the power consumption of the amplifiers is considerably higher than in snooze mode and this will have an impact on the required backup power capacity of the UPS.
As an example, consider a voice alarm system that consists of the devices in the table below. This small system has a system controller, one call station and three amplifiers; furthermore, it has an Ethernet switch to connect and power the call station via PoE, because this system doesn't have a multifunction power supply. This system can be powered from four PRA-PSM48

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

48 en | System composition

PRAESENSA

power supply modules, one for each amplifier and one for the system controller and switch. The PoE load of the switch is not counted in the table as this power is already taken into account for the call station, the power is in fact passed through the switch. For the required UPS capacity, the calculation is based on 24 h operation in quiescent mode, which is in this case the idle mode of the amplifiers, and 0.5 h operation in alarm mode for which the full power consumption of the amplifiers is taken. It is clear that most of the UPS capacity is needed to keep the system alive during the 24 h in quiescent mode, the energy consumption during the much shorter alarm mode is less. If this system would use the PRAMPS3 multifunction power supply, the amplifiers would be able to run in snooze mode during these 24 h and the total energy consumption and associated battery size would be much lower. This system requires a UPS that can deliver at least 5.3 kWh of energy. Also, the UPS must be capable of providing at least 811 W of instantaneous power, so a 1 kW UPS, with 6 kWh of energy stored in batteries seems to be a good choice. It depends on how the aging of the batteries and Peukert's law has been taken into account by the manufacturer of the UPS, whether this 6 kWh capacity is really sufficient or that 7 kWh would be a better choice.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

System composition | en 49

Device

Device elements

Power taken from mains [W]

Time in quiescent mode [h]

PRA-SCL

System controller + per active port (2)

4.2

24

2 x 0.5

24

PRA-CSLD Call station

5.0

24

+ per active port (2)

2 x 0.6

24

+ per extension PRA-CSE (3)

3 x 0.1

24

+ with alarm option

1.5

24

PRA-ES8P2S Ethernet switch

8.4

24

+ per active RJ45 port (2)

2 x 0.5

24

+ per active SFP port

0.8

-

+ PoE load

PRA-CSLD

-

PRA-AD604 Amplifier (active, idle)

46

24

Amplifier (active, low power)

63

-

Amplifier (active, full power)

244

-

+ per active port (2)

2 x 0.4

24

PRA-AD608 Amplifier (active, idle)

66

24

Amplifier (active, low power)

90

-

Amplifier (active, full power)

271

-

+ per active port (2)

2 x 0.4

24

PRA-AD608 Amplifier (active, idle)

66

24

Amplifier (active, low power)

90

-

Amplifier (active, full power)

271

-

+ per active port (2)

2 x 0.4

24

Minimum required backup power capacity of UPS [Wh] Minimum output power capability of UPS [W]

Time in alarm mode [h]
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5
-
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5

Power x Maximum time [Wh] power [W]

103 25
123 29 7 37
206 25 -
1104 -
122 20
1584 -
136 20
1584 -
136 20
5281

4.2 2 x 0.5
5.0 2 x 0.6 3 x 0.1
1.5
8.4 2 x 0.5
-
244 2 x 0.4
271 2 x 0.4
271 2 x 0.4
811

5.5

Heat loss calculation
To be able to calculate the required cooling capacity of a cooling system for a technical room with equipment to stay within temperature limits of the equipment, the heat production must be known and the maximum ambient temperature that the equipment is allowed to operate in. The maximum ambient operating temperature of PRAESENSA rackmounted devices is 50 °C (122 °F). The generated heat is the energy that is dissipated and released as heat by the equipment in the room. Energy is power multiplied by time, so the longer a certain amount of power is dissipated in the room the more heat is generated. The amount of energy is expressed in joule, calories or BTU, British Thermal Units. The amount of power is expressed in watt. By definition 1 joule = 1 watt x 1 second. Furthermore: 1 kJ = 0.948 BTU = 0.239 kcal. The PRAESENSA system controller just dissipates some power that is taken from the power supply. This power turns into heat. The same is true for the call stations, but they are typically placed outside the technical room and do not contribute to heat production in the room. PRAESENSA power amplifiers dissipate some power that is taken from the power supply, but when announcements are made or music is played through the system, the output power of the amplifiers is dissipated in the loudspeakers and the cabling to the loudspeakers. Because

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

50 en | System composition

PRAESENSA

the loudspeakers and most of the cabling is not in the technical room with the equipment, this part should not be taken into account for the heat generation. Only the difference between the power that is taken from the power supply and the output power to the loudspeakers is actually dissipated as loss in the amplifier and contributes to the heat production. When the PRAESENSA system is powered via multifunction power supplies (PRA-MPS3), also some power is dissipated in the AC/DC power converters that convert power from the mains to DC voltages for the connected devices. The amplifiers and the power supplies are the only devices that contribute significantly to the heat production, the contribution of other PRAESENSA devices is negligible. It is easiest to incorporate the losses of the power supplies into the power dissipation data of the amplifiers. Because the normal situation is that the system is running from mains power, this is the operational mode to consider for heat calculations. During operation from a battery, the system switches to a power saving mode (sleep mode or snooze mode), on average resulting in less heat. The table below then shows the heat loss related data for the amplifiers, in different operating modes.

Device

Mode

PRA-AD604

Amplifier (active, idle) Amplifier (active, low power) Amplifier (active, full power)

PRA-AD608

Amplifier (active, idle) Amplifier (active, low power) Amplifier (active, full power)

Dissipated Heat loss Heat loss Heat loss power [W] [kJ/h] [BTU/h] [kcal/h]

46

166

157

40

63

227

215

54

94

339

321

81

66

237

225

57

90

325

308

78

121

434

412

104

This data can be further simplified by assuming that in most systems the amplifiers are used for background music and occasional calls, that full power alarm tones have a relatively short duration (less than an hour) and that the heat production of the PRA-AD604 and PRA-AD608 is not so different. Then the following rounded numbers are sufficient for heat loss calculation. Just count the number of amplifiers in the rack or room for which the heat production must be calculated and use the data from the table below.

Per amplifier

Dissipated power [W]
100

Heat loss [kJ/h]
360

Heat loss [BTU/h]
340

Heat loss [kcal/h]
90

When amplifiers are powered from a PRA-PSM48 power supply, also the heat loss of that power supply can be ignored, because it is already included in the heat loss of the connected amplifier.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
6
6.1

From installation to configuration | en 51
From installation to configuration
To configure the system, an Ethernet connection is required between the configuration PC and the system controller. Then access the device's webserver through its URL using a browser. For general and detailed system configuration instructions, see the PRAESENSA configuration manual.
MAC-addresses and hostname
All OMNEO connected PRAESENSA devices use one or two MACaddresses and have a device hostname; the system controller also has a control hostname to get access to its webserver. The MACaddresses are in the Bosch Security Systems vendor range 00:1c:44:xx:xx:xx or in the Audinate vendor range 00:1d:c1:xx:xx:xx. In many corporate networks the MACaddresses of networked devices need to be entered in a table in the DHCPserver, to allow access. For that purpose the MACaddresses of each PRAESENSA device are printed on the product label: ­ The system controller has two MACaddresses and two hostnames. The device
MACaddress and the Control MACaddress (CMAC) are both in the Bosch Security Systems vendor range. The device hostname, of for example the PRA-SCL, is derived from the MACaddress: PRASCL-xxxxxx.local, with xxxxxx being the last 6 hexadecimal digits (3 octets) of the MACaddress. The domain name label `local' is used as a pseudo-top-level domain for hostnames in local area networks that can be resolved via the Multicast DNS name resolution protocol. It is possible to ping a system controller via this name (for example: PRASCL-xxxxxx.local. The system composition webpage does not show the .local extension; this is implicit. The control hostname is the same as the device hostname, but with a postfix -ctrl. So, it becomes for example: PRASCL-xxxxxx-ctrl.local. To get access to the webserver, of for example, the PRA-SCL, this address is used as URL (Uniform Resource Locator). This address is also used for the Open Interface. ­ The PRA-AD604 and PRA-AD608 only have a MACaddress in the Bosch Security Systems vendor range. Their hostname is PRAAD604-xxxxxx.local or PRAAD608-xxxxxx.local. ­ The PRA-MPS3 only has a MACaddress in the Audinate vendor range. The hostname is: PRAMPS3-xxxxxx.local. ­ The PRA-CSLD and PRA-CSLW have two MACaddresses, but only one hostname. Its device MACaddress in the Audinate vendor range and its CMAC address is in the Bosch Security Systems vendor range. The device hostname is derived from the device MACaddress: PRACSLD-xxxxxx.local or PRACSLW-xxxxxx.local. ­ The PRA-CSE and PRA-EOL do not have a MACaddress, nor hostname.
Remarks: ­ The program OMNEO Control only shows device hostnames, not the control hostname of
a system controller. ­ The configuration webpages show device hostnames without .local domain extension. It
does not show control hostnames, neither the one of its own web server, nor from other system controllers. ­ Both MACaddresses of the system controller and call station are on the same printed circuit board (PCB), so in case of PCB exchange both MACaddresses will change and also the derived host name(s). ­ The Firmware upload tool (FWUT) addresses the devices via their device hostname. ­ The configuration of all devices is described in the PRAESENSA configuration manual.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

52 en | From installation to configuration

PRAESENSA

6.2
i

Connecting the system controller
Perform the following steps to get access to the PRAESENSA system controller: 1. Install the Firmware Upload Tool on the PC, then automatically also the Bosch DNSSD
Service is installed. This service is needed to access PRAESENSA devices via their hostname instead of the IPaddress. 2. Connect a network cable between the Ethernet network port of the PC and connect to one of Ethernet ports of the PRAESENSA system controller, or to a network port of another native PRAESENSA device that is connected to the same network, such as the PRA-AD60x amplifiers, PRA-MPSx multifunction power supplies or PRA-CSLx call stations.
Notice! Do not connect the configuration PC to a port of any other device on the same network, such as the (Advantech) PRA-ES8P2S Ethernet switch or any other Ethernet switch.

3. When a DHCPserver is present on the network the PRAESENSA devices will already have an IPaddress, otherwise a LinkLocal address will be assigned.
4. Some PC settings of (corporate) PCs may prohibit automatic Link Local addressing for the PC. Then this must be done manually. For Windows 10 the procedure is as follows: ­ Click Internet settings in the taskbar, then go to Network & Internet settings. ­ Select Wi-Fi and switch off Wi-Fi. ­ Select Ethernet, then go to Change adapter options. ­ Double click Ethernet and select Properties. ­ Check Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4), then select Properties. ­ Select Use the following IPaddress and enter 169.254.1.1 with mask 255.255.0.0. This is a LinkLocal address.
5. Open a browser on the PC, e.g. Firefox. Make sure no proxy is used. To disable using a proxy, do as follows: ­ Select Open menu, then select Options. ­ Select Network proxy, then select Settings. ­ Select No proxy.
6. If for example the PRA-SCL system controller is connected, type https://prascl-xxxxxxctrl.local in URL-bar. Read xxxxxx from the product label, e.g. https://prascl-0b484cctrl.local.

Notice!

The system controller webserver uses secure HTTPS with SSL. The web server in the system

i

controller uses a selfsigned security certificate. When you access the server via https, you will see a Secure Connection Failed error or warning dialog indicating that the certificate was

signed by an unknown authority. This is expected and to avoid this message in the future you

have to create an exception in the browser.

See the PRAESENSA configuration manual for configuration of the system.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
6.3
6.3.1 6.3.2
6.3.3

From installation to configuration | en 53
Network connections to devices
Except for some accessories, PRAESENSA devices must be connected to the OMNEO network in order to become part of the PA/VA system. Depending on the size of the system, there are different ways to do that.
Star topology
In this topology, the system controller is the central point and other devices are connected directly to one of the ports of the system controller. But, because the system controller has five ports, the system can only be very small. No call station can be connected because the system controller does not have ports that supply PoE. Many wired home networks are wired like this with one central multiport switch as central point. However, for a sound system this is not very useful.
Tree topology
A tree or `combined star' topology is effectively an interconnection of multiple star networks. In modern networks this is the most used topology. In this topology the connection of devices depend on the connection of other devices in the network. All PRAESENSA networked devices have a builtin Ethernet switch and at least two ports. Because of this, devices can easily be connected to a switch port of another device. Devices are then cascaded or looped through. The system controller is still the central point of the network. A multifunction power supply is connected to one port of the system controller. A call station can be connected to a port of the multifunction power supply that provides PoE. An amplifier can be connected to another port of the system controller, but also to one of the ports of the multifunction power supply. Another amplifier can be connected to the first amplifier, and so on. For every three amplifiers, a multifunction power supply is needed, which has a multiport switch built in. So the connection possibilities grow with the system size. Not all devices need to be looped through in a single long string of devices, but parallel paths (branches) of shorter strings are possible. The use of branches reduces the risk that a failing connection of a devices close to the root of the tree disconnects all other devices. Still a single connection failure may cause more than one device to become disconnected from the system controller. And even though an amplifier might be connected to a call station, when both get disconnected from the system controller, the audio connection between the call station and the amplifier gets lost. The system controller is needed to set up and supervise the connections.
Ring topology
A next step in improving the connectivity of the devices is to use a ring topology. In this topology the devices are connected in one or more rings or closed loops. Normal Ethernet networks do not allow a topology with more than one physical path between two endpoints (e.g. multiple connections between two network switches or two ports on the same switch connected to each other). The loop creates broadcast storms as broadcasts and multicasts are forwarded by switches out of every port. The switch or switches will repeatedly rebroadcast the broadcast messages, flooding the network. A physical topology that contains switching or bridge loops is attractive for redundancy reasons, yet a switched network must not have loops. The solution is to allow physical loops, but create a loop-free logical topology using a protocol that disables redundant connections until they are needed because another connection failed. RSTP is such a protocol and all

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

54 en | From installation to configuration

PRAESENSA

6.3.4

PRAESENSA networked devices support RSTP. Connecting and disconnecting redundant loops take some time to be processed in the network and as a result active audio connections will be muted during that time. The system controller is still the central point, it is the socalled root bridge. Amplifiers can be looped through and a ring of amplifiers can then be connected between two ports of the system controller. In the same way a number of multifunction power supplies can be looped through and a ring of these devices can be connected between the two other ports. Call stations can be connected to a multifunction power supply via a double connection to two PoE ports, or even to two different multifunction power supplies. This is the recommended way of connecting PRAESENSA devices and mandatory for PA/VA systems that need to be compliant to voice alarm standards.
Hop count
When data passes through (PRAESENSA) network devices between source and destination, a hop occurs for every device that is passed. In PRAESENSA the relevant portion for hop counting is the network path between the root (the system controller) and any possible end point via the shortest path. This is important because there is maximum to the number of hops that are allowed for proper communication. This has to do with the latency that occurs in every hop and every connection. There is a limit of 22 hops. Devices that are connected after the 22nd hop are lost in the system. Also loops, connected to the system controller, should not contain more than 22 devices. A loop with 43 devices, connected to the system controller, works fine as long as the loop is not interrupted, because the device in the middle of the loop has a hop count of 22 towards the system controller in both directions. All other devices have a smaller hop count. But if one link in the loop fails, this results in two branches being connected to the system controller, and one of them will have more than 22 loopedthrough devices. Then the devices after the 22nd will be lost. So, always consider the worst case hop count for a device in case a connection would fail. This must be carefully analyzed for larger systems. The performance of a network will be better if the number of loops is smaller. The RSTP recovery time of the network after a link failure increases when the number of loops is higher. So, the hop count must be balanced against the number of loops.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
6.4

Device status and reset

From installation to configuration | en 55

Status Device fault present
Identification mode / Indicator test

Yellow All LEDs blink

Power on

Green

All PRAESENSA 19"devices have a small section on their rear panel for status monitoring, comprising a: ­ Green LED to show the device is powered. The green LED will blink when the device is in
identification mode during configuration. ­ Yellow LED to show that a device fault is present. This may be convenient during
installation and servicing.
Reset
Device reset (to factory Button default)

A pinhole gives access to the hidden reset switch. This switch resets the device to its factory default settings. It clears the OMNEO preshared key (PSK) for secure connections and clears the complete local configuration and reference data. For the system controller it also clears the complete system configuration, all messages, user authentication information, security certificates, time zone, NTP settings and all event logs!

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

56 en | From installation to configuration

PRAESENSA

For the call stations, the reset switch is below the cable cover, as indicated. It functions in the same way as the reset switch of the 19"-devices.

For the ambient noise sensor, the reset switch is under the removable front cover, as indicated.

Notice!

i

This function is only to be used in case a device is removed from one system to become part of another system and is secured by an unknown PSK, that prevents discovery of the device

in the new system.

To activate this function: 1. Use a pin or toothpick to press and hold the reset button for more than 10 s. After 10 s
the LEDs of the device start flashing. 2. Release the reset button and the device will be reset to the factory default setting.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

From installation to configuration | en 57
Indicator test The reset switch can also be used to do an indicator test for this device. To activate this function: 1. Use a pin or toothpick to press the reset button briefly. This will start the indicator test
(LED test): ­ All LEDs will cycle through their possible color modes. ­ Make sure to release the switch within 10 s, otherwise the device will be reset to the
factory default! 2. Pressing the reset button again will stop the indicator test.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

58 en | System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS)

7

System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS)

PRAESENSA

7.1 7.2

Introduction
The system controller manages all system related functions in a PRAESENSA Public Address and Voice Alarm system. It routes all audio connections between network-connected PRAESENSA audio sources and destinations. It supervises and plays back messages and tones, stored on its flash memory, either scheduled or manually started from a call station or PC. It manages the routing of background music streams, along with business calls and emergency calls, all based on priority level and zone occupancy. It collects all status information of connected system devices, manages the event logs and reports faults. The system controller is networkconnected via OMNEO and DCpowered from a multifunction power supply with integrated battery backup, accommodating both centralized and decentralized system topologies. Connections to other devices in the system are made using the builtin 5port switch, supporting RSTP. The builtin web server allows for system configuration using a browser.
Functions
System control and audio routing ­ Capability to control a system with up to 250 devices, serving more than 500 zones. ­ Native support for switched singlesubnet networks, with addon support for routed
multisubnet topologies.* ­ Dynamic allocation of multiple and simultaneous audio channels to save on network
bandwidth; audio connections are created when a call or a message is broadcast, and freed up immediately afterwards. ­ Secure interconnections using Advanced Encryption Standard (AES128) for audio data and Transport Layer Security (TLS) for control data. ­ Receiver for Dante or AES67 audio channels from external sources, with dynamic rerouting to open or secure OMNEO channels. ­ Internal storage capacity for messages and tones; up to eight messages can be played back simultaneously. ­ Recording facility on SDcard for emergency audio logging and call stacking. The integrated call stacker automatically forwards recorded calls to previously occupied zones.* ­ Internal real time clock for scheduled events and event time stamping; support for Network Time Protocol (NTP) with automatic adjustment for Daylight Saving Time (DST). ­ Internal system event and fault event log. ­ Networked control interface for third party applications. ­ Builtin webserver for configuration and file management using a browser.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
7.3

System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS) | en 59

Sound quality ­ AudiooverIP, using OMNEO, the Bosch highquality digital audio interface, compatible
with Dante and AES67; audio sample rate is 48 kHz with 24bit sample size. ­ Messages and tones are stored as high definition uncompressed wavfiles.
Supervision ­ Supervision of stored messages and tones. ­ Supervision of data integrity of site specific data. ­ Internal watchdog timers to detect and recover from processing errors. ­ Faults or problems of all system devices are collected, reported and logged.
Fault tolerance ­ Two system controllers can be configured as a redundant pair. ­ Five OMNEO network connection ports, supporting RSTP. ­ Dual DCinputs with polarity reversal protection.

* Availability to be announced.
Functional diagram
Functional and connection diagram
A
B

Internal device functions

Diode
1
DC to DC converter
2

3

Message and tone storage

4
Controller
5
OMNEO network switch

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

60 en | System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS)

PRAESENSA

7.4

System controller variants
Three system controller variants offer a different maximum number of simultaneous audio streams (for calls, tones, announcements, background music channels), to optimally match system requirements and cost price. OMNEO channel routing is always dynamic and secure, using audio encryption in the transmitting device and decryption in the receiving device. Dante and AES67 channels are always static and not encrypted for easy compatibility between systems of different brands. The PRAESENSA system controller can either encrypt up to eight incoming streams to dynamic secure OMNEO streams, or decrypt up to eight dynamic secure OMNEO streams to outgoing streams, or a mix of both with a maximum of eight. This is sufficient for the PRA-SCM and PRA-SCS. But the PRA-SCL can receive up to 120 Dante or AES67 channels, so 112 of these channels cannot be encrypted but are only converted to open (unencrypted) dynamic OMNEO streams. OMNEO streams are always dynamic multicast streams, routed from transmitter to one or more receivers. The Dante and AES67 streams are static and received and/or transmitted by the system controller, where they are encrypted, converted or decrypted.

System controller variant
Security mode
Audio routing (dynamic) OMNEO channels
Tone/message playback (dynamic) OMNEO channels
Call recording/stacking* (dynamic) OMNEO channels
External audio inputs (static) Dante or AES67 channels
External audio outputs (static) Dante or AES67 channels

SCL

Secure

Open

Unlimited

-

8

-

8

-

112

Pool of 8

-

SCM* Secure
32
8
8

SCS* Secure
4
4
4

Pool of 8

Pool of 4

* Availability to be announced

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
7.5

Indicators and connections

System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS) | en 61

Front panel indicators

Device fault present

Yellow

Network link present Green

Network link lost

Yellow

Standby for redundancy Blue

Power on
Identification mode / Indicator test

Green All LEDs blink

Rear panel indicators and controls

SD card busy; do not remove
Device fault present

Green Yellow

Device reset (to factory Button default)
Rear panel connections

Chassis ground

Memory card

100 Mbps network 1 Gbps network Power on
Identification mode / Indicator test

Yellow Green Green
All LEDs blink

24 to 48 VDC input AB

24 - 48 V

Network port 15

1

7.6

Installation
The device can be connected everywhere within the PRAESENSA system. If required, refer to: System introduction, page 15. The device is designed to be installed in a 19"rack/cabinet. Refer to: Mounting the 19"-rack devices, page 22.

7.6.1

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:

Quantity 1 1 1 1
Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Component

System controller

Set of 19"rack mounting brackets (premounted)

Set of screw connectors and cables

Quick Installation Guide

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

62 en | System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS)

Quantity

Component

1

Safety information

No tools, SDcard or Ethernet cables are provided with the device. Parts check and identification

A System controller B 2pole screw plug (x2) C 2conductor cable (x2) D Wireend ferrules (x8)

PRAESENSA

7.6.2
i

B

x2 C

x2

D x8

Memory card
The SD memory card is optional and only used for call recording. Messages and tone files are stored in the internal memory.
Notice! In a live system, do not remove the SD memory card while the system controller is accessing the card; this is indicated by the green busy-indicator. Removal of the card while busy may corrupt the card's file system.
For IP30 ingress protection compliance, the system controller is delivered with a plastic dummy SD card in the memory card slot. The dummy card must be removed before a real SD memory card can be inserted. If no SD memory card is used, leave the dummy SD card in place.

7.6.3

1. Use an SD memory card with a maximum size of 32 GB. 2. Disable write-protection of the card. 3. Insert the SD memory card in the slot.
Power supply
The system controller must be powered from a 24 - 48 V power supply. If the system controller is part of a certified emergency sound system, it must be powered from a PRAESENSA multifunction power supply. In case the system controller and the power supply

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS) | en 63
are mounted in two different racks, double supply connections must be made. Even if both devices are in the same rack, it is recommended to use double connections for fail-safe redundancy.
A

B
D
++
C

(MPSx) C

Follow the connection procedure below: 1. Crimp ferrules D onto the ends of the electrical wires of cable C to provide a solid and
reliable electrical connection. Use a dedicated crimping tool. 2. Insert each wire into the appropriate slot of the connector B, observing polarity. Wiring
color convention: red for + and black for -. Use a flat blade screwdriver to tighten each connection. 3. Insert the cable into the 24 to 48 V input A, cut the cable to length and mount the connector of the powering device to the other end of the cable, again observing polarity. Insert this connector into output A of the powering device (e.g. the 24 V output of the PRA-MPS3). 4. For redundancy, repeat these steps for a second cable to connect output B of the powering device to input B of the system controller. 5. Alternatives: ­ Instead of using the A/B outputs of a PRAESENSA powering device, also two
separate power supplies can be used. The maximum current rating of the supply connectors is 8 A; only use a 24 - 48 V power supply that is current limited to < 8 A, also in overload condition. ­ When no power supply redundancy is required, a single power supply can be used.

Notice!

i

For compliance to EN 501214 for railway applications, the power connections to the 2448 V input may not be longer than 3 m.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

64 en | System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS)

PRAESENSA

7.6.4

Ethernet network
The system controller has five Ethernet connection ports with a builtin Ethernet switch, supporting RSTP. Follow the procedure below to connect the system controller to a network and other system devices.

1. Use shielded Gb-Ethernet cables (preferably CAT6A F/UTP) with RJ45 connectors to connect the system controller to a network.
2. Connect to any of the five switch ports of the system controller. ­ The system controller supports Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) to enable the use of multiple connections simultaneously for cable redundancy, e.g. to daisychain devices in a loop, with a maximum of 21 devices in a loop. ­ RSTP can be disabled in the system configuration in case a (corporate) network does not allow for this.
3. Port assignments: ­ For general purpose Public Address systems all ports 15 can be used. ­ For Voice Alarm systems use ports 14 for (redundant) connections to the Voice Alarm network part, including all other PRAESENSA devices. Use port 5 for auxiliary connections, not related to the Voice Alarm function, like to a background music server. ­ The PRAESENSA system controller can be set up to work on two completely separate networks simultaneously for failover redundancy, supporting Dante glitchfree audio switching between both networks for continuous and uninterrupted audio distribution in case of a network failure of one of the networks. In this mode, use ports 14 for the primary network (with RSTP) and port 5 for the secondary network.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
7.6.5
!
7.6.6

System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS) | en 65
All PRAESENSA devices are on the primary network, the secondary network is only for network redundancy of Dante devices. Also see section Network redundancy, page 32. ­ To configure the system, access to the webserver of the system controller is needed, using a web browser and the URL (Uniform Resource Locator) of the system controller. The URL is printed on the product label and for a PRA-SCL it has the following format: https://prascl-xxxxxx-ctrl.local, with xxxxxx being the last 6 hexadecimal digits of the device MACaddress. Configuration of the system and its devices is described in the PRAESENSA configuration manual.
Internal battery
The system controller has an internal lithium coin cell battery, model CR2032 (3 V, 225 mAh), in a battery holder. It is only used to power the internal real time clock (RTC) when the system controller is off. The lifetime of the battery is in that case more than 20 years. When the system controller is on, the RTC is powered from the external power supply and the CR2032 battery is not used, making the system insusceptible to spring contact bounce of the battery holder in case of heavy vibrations. Even when the system time is under control of an NTP server, the battery must not be removed, because it is important to keep the real time clock (RTC) powered during system restarts, keeping event logs in chronological order. Storage of system data does not depend on the presence of the battery.
In case battery replacement is needed: 1. Disconnect all power supply connections to the system controller. 2. Remove the system controller from the mounting rack and remove the top cover. 3. Locate the battery on the main printed circuit board, behind Ethernet port 5. 4. Replace the battery with the same type: CR2032 (3 V, 225 mAh). Observe polarity. 5. Assemble in reverse order. 6. Always comply with local requirements for hazardous waste when disposing the old
battery.
Warning! Keep lithium coin batteries out of the reach of small children; coin cell batteries can be accidentally ingested. If ingested, these batteries may leak harmful contents causing chemical burns, perforation of soft tissue, and in severe cases may cause death. Lithium coin batteries must be removed immediately if swallowed. Seek medical attention immediately.
Reset to factory default
The reset switch resets the device to its factory default settings. This function is only to be used in case a secured device is removed from a system to become part of another system. See Device status and reset, page 55.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

66 en | System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS)

7.7 7.8

Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Europe

EN 5416

International

ISO 724016

Maritime applications

DNV GL Type Approval

Emergency standard compliance

Europe

EN 50849

UK

BS 5839-8

Regulatory areas Safety Immunity
Emissions
Environment Railway applications

EN/IEC/CSA/UL 623681
EN 55024 EN 551032 (E1, E2, E3) EN 501304
EN 55032 EN 6100063 ICES003 ANSI C63.4 FCC47 part 15B class A
EN/IEC 63000
EN 501214

Conformity declarations Europe Australia Morocco Russian Federation United Arabic Emirates

CE/CPR RCM CMIM EAC CoC Civil Defense

Technical data
Electrical

Control

Audio routing (SCL / SCM / SCS) OMNEO channels

Unlimited / 32 / 4

Tone/message playback (SCL / SCM / SCS) OMNEO channels

8 / 8 / 4

External audio inputs and/or outputs (SCL / SCM / SCS)

Dante or AES67 channels

120 / 8 / 4

PRAESENSA

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Logging (internal storage) Call events Fault events General events
Real Time Clock Accuracy (with NTP) Accuracy (no NTP) Daylight Saving Time (DST) Backup battery
Message/tone storage capacity Mono, uncompressed, 48 kHz, 16bit
SD card size
System size Networked devices Zones
Configuration
Power transfer Power supply input A/B
Input voltage range Input voltage tolerance
Power consumption (24 V) Duty mode Per active port
Supervision Run fault (watchdog reset)
System integrity Fault report time
Site specific data integrity Fault report time Supervised message storage
Power supply input A/B
Network interface Ethernet
Protocol Redundancy
Audio/control protocol Network audio latency Audio data encryption Control data security

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS) | en 67
1000 1000 1000
< 1 s/yr off < 11 min/yr off Automatic CR2032 Lithium cell
90 min 1 -- 32 GB
250 (single subnet) 500 Web server/browser
24 -- 48 VDC 20 -- 60 VDC
3.9 W 0.4 W
All processors
< 100 s
< 1 hour 90 min Undervoltage
100BASETX, 1000BASET TCP/IP RSTP OMNEO 10 ms AES128 TLS
2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

68 en | System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS)
Ports
Reliability MTBF (extrapolated from calculated MTBF of PRAAD608)
Climatic conditions Temperature
Operating
Storage and transport
Humidity (non condensing) Air pressure (operating) Altitude (operating)
Vibration (operating) Amplitude Acceleration
Bump (transport) Mechanical Enclosure Dimensions (HxWxD)
With mounting brackets
Rack unit Ingress protection Case
Material Color Frame Material Color
Weight

5 1,000,000 h

PRAESENSA

-5 -- 50 °C (23 -- 122 °F) -30 -- 70 °C (-22 -- 158 °F) 5 -- 95% 560 -- 1070 hPa -500 -- 5000 m (-1640 -- 16404 ft)
< 0.7 mm < 2 G < 10 G

44 x 483 x 400 mm (1.75 x 19 x 15.7 in) 19 in, 1U IP30
Steel RAL9017
Zamak RAL9022HR
5.8 kg (12.8 lb)

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
8

Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) | en 69
Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)

8.1 8.2

Introduction
This is a flexible and compact multichannel power amplifier for 100 V or 70 V loudspeaker systems in Public Address and Voice Alarm applications. It fits in centralized system topologies, but also supports decentralized system topologies because of its OMNEO IPnetwork connection, combined with DCpower from a multifunction power supply. The output power of each amplifier channel adapts to the connected loudspeaker load, only limited by the total power budget of the whole amplifier. This flexibility, and the integration of a spare amplifier channel, makes it possible to utilize the available power effectively and use less amplifiers for the same loudspeaker load, compared to using traditional amplifiers. Digital sound processing and control, adjusted to the acoustics and requirements of each zone, allow for better sound quality and speech intelligibility.
Functions
Efficient 4channel power amplifier ­ Transformerless, galvanically isolated, 70/100 V outputs, with a total loudspeaker output
power of 600 W. ­ Flexible partitioning of the available output power across all amplifier channels to use it
effectively, significantly reducing the amount of required amplifier power in a system. ­ Cost and space saving, integrated, independent spare channel for failsafe redundancy. ­ Class D amplifier channels with two-level power lines for highefficiency in all operating
conditions; dissipation and heat loss is minimized to save on energy and battery capacity for backup power.
Flexibility in loudspeaker topologies ­ A/B outputs on every amplifier channel to support redundant loudspeaker wiring
topologies. Both outputs are individually supervised and disabled in case of a fault. ­ Class A loop wiring possible between the A and B loudspeaker outputs. Dedicated
connection facility for an endofline device to supervise the complete loop, including the Boutput connection. ­ Load independent frequency response; the amplifier channels can be used with any loudspeaker load up to the maximum, without any change in audio quality.
Sound quality ­ AudiooverIP, using OMNEO, the Bosch highquality digital audio interface, compatible
with Dante and AES67; audio sample rate is 48 kHz with 24bit sample size. ­ Large signal to noise ratio, wide audio bandwidth and very low distortion and crosstalk. ­ Digital signal processing on all amplifier channels, including equalization, limiting and
delay, to optimize and tailor the sound in each loudspeaker zone.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

70 en | Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)

PRAESENSA

Supervision ­ Supervision of amplifier operation and all of its connections; faults are reported to the
system controller and logged. ­ Loudspeaker line integrity supervision without interruption of audio, using endofline
devices (separately available) for best reliability. ­ Network link supervision.
Fault tolerance ­ Dual OMNEO network connections, supporting Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), for
loop-through connections to adjacent devices. ­ Dual 48 VDC inputs with polarity reversal protection, each with a full power DC/DC
converter, operating in tandem for redundancy. ­ Fully independent amplifier channels; the integrated spare channel automatically replaces
a failing channel, with due regard of the actual sound processing settings. ­ All amplifier channels support two independent loudspeaker groups, A and B, enabling
redundant loudspeaker wiring topologies. ­ Backup analog audio lifeline input driving the spare amplifier channel to serve all
connected loudspeaker zones in case both network connections, or the amplifier network interface, would fail.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
8.3

Functional diagram
Functional and connection diagram
1 A
B 2
3 1 2
4

Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) | en 71

Internal device functions

DC to DC converter

1 A

1 B

Audio processing (DSP)

1

OMNEO network switch

Controller
2 A

2 B

Lifeline control interface

2

Lifeline supply input

Lifeline audio input

3 A

1-4 Amplifier channel

3 B

3

Spare channel

4 A 4 B 4

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

72 en | Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)

8.4

Indicators and connections

PRAESENSA

Front panel indicators

Spare channel substitute 14
Ground fault present

White Yellow

Audio lifeline substitute White

Power on

Green

Signal present 14 Fault present 14
Device fault present

Green Yellow
Yellow

Network link to system controller present Network link lost Amplifier in standby mode

Green
Yellow Blue

Identification mode / Indicator test

All LEDs blink

Rear panel indicators and controls

100 Mbps network 1 Gbps network
Power on

Yellow Green
Green

Identification mode / Indicator test Rear panel connections
Safety ground

All LEDs blink

Lifeline interface

Network port 12

1

Device fault present

Yellow

Device reset (to factory Button default)

48 VDC input AB
48 V
Loudspeaker output AB (14) End-of-line device

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
8.5
8.5.1

Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) | en 73

Installation
The device is designed to be installed in a 19"rack/cabinet. Refer to: Mounting the 19"-rack devices, page 22. The device can be connected everywhere within the PRAESENSA system. If required, refer to: System introduction, page 15.

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:

Quantity

Component

1

Amplifier, 600W 4channel

1

Set of 19"rack mounting brackets (premounted)

1

Set of screw connectors and cables

1

Quick Installation Guide

1

Safety information

No tools or Ethernet cables are provided with the device. Parts check and identification

BC

D

x2

x1

x4

E

H

F

G

x12

x8

x2

x1

A Amplifier B 2-pole screw plug (x2) C 6-pole screw plug (small) D 6-pole screw plug (large, x4) E Wireend ferrules (small, x12) F 2-conductor cable (x2) G 6-conductor cable H Wireend ferrules (large, x8)

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

74 en | Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)

8.5.2

Safety ground

PRAESENSA

Connecting the chassis ground screw to safety ground is mandatory for the PRAESENSA power amplifiers: ­ The safety ground connection is needed for safety because of high internal voltages. All
PRAESENSA 19"devices have a chassis ground screw on the rear panel, which can be used for a wire connection to the rack frame. The rack frame must be grounded to safety ground. This is a conductive path to ground or earth that is designed to protect persons from electrical shock by shunting away any dangerous currents that might occur due to malfunction or accident. Use a thick, multi strand wire (>2.5 mm2) with wire eyelets and washers for a solid connection. ­ The safety ground connection is needed as reference for the ground short detection circuit. Without this connection, the amplifier could be electrically floating and no ground shorts or leakage currents would be detected for loudspeaker lines that touch ground somewhere. The safety ground connection via the mains connection of the multifunction power supply cannot be relied on for this, because the mains cable of this supply could be unplugged and then the amplifier continues to work on the backup battery.

Caution!

!

The chassis ground screw of an amplifier must be connected to protective ground before the

amplifier is connected to a power supply.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
8.5.3

Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) | en 75
Power supply
The amplifier must be powered from a 48 V power supply. If the amplifier is used as part of a certified emergency sound system, it must be powered from a PRAESENSA multifunction power supply. In case the amplifier and the power supply are mounted in two different racks, double power supply connections must be made, but even if both devices are in the same rack, it is recommended to use double connections for fail-safe redundancy.

(MPSx)
Follow the connection procedure below: 1. Crimp ferrules H onto the ends of the electrical wires of cable F to provide a solid and
reliable electrical connection. ­ Use a dedicated crimping tool. 2. Insert each wire into the appropriate slot of the connector B, observing polarity. Wiring color convention: red for + and black for -. ­ Use a flat blade screwdriver to tighten each connection. 3. Insert the cable into the 48 V input A, cut the cable to length and mount the connector of the powering device to the other end of the cable, again observing polarity. Insert this connector into output A of the powering device. 4. For redundancy, repeat these steps for a second cable between output B of the powering device to input B of the amplifier. 5. Alternatives: ­ Instead of using the A/B outputs of a PRAESENSA powering device, also two
separate power supplies can be used. The maximum current rating of the supply connectors is 15 A; only use a 48 V power supply that is current limited to < 15 A, also in overload condition. ­ When no power supply redundancy is required, a single power supply can be used; in that case connect the 48 V inputs A and B in parallel to make use of the amplifier's internal dual power converters for fail safe redundancy and to avoid a supply supervision fault event.

8.5.4

Lifeline
The lifeline is an optional cable connection between a PRAESENSA amplifier and a PRAESENSA multifunction power supply. This interconnection serves multiple functions:

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

76 en | Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)

PRAESENSA

­ The multifunction power supply provides the audio signal of the highest priority emergency call as a balanced line level analog signal on the lifeline connector (pins 5 and 6). This signal is a backup audio signal for the connected amplifier in case its network interface or both network links would fail. The emergency call will then be distributed to all connected loudspeakers at maximum volume and without equalization or audio delay. The lifeline signal goes straight to the spare amplifier channel to drive all zones in parallel. This line is supervised by the multifunction power supply.
­ The multifunction power supply sends information (pin 1) to the connected amplifier about the availability of mains power. In case mains power fails and power is provided from the battery, this signal sets the amplifier in backup power mode to disable all amplifier channels that are not needed to make calls with a priority above the configured priority level for the backup power mode. When no high priority calls are being made via this amplifier, it informs the multifunction power supply (pin 2) to switch off the 48 V converters to minimize battery power consumption even more. The power supplies and the amplifier channels go to snooze mode and wake up every 90 seconds briefly to perform the required supervision actions for timely fault reporting.
­ The multifunction power supply provides the battery or charger voltage, in the range of 12 to 18 V, to the amplifier directly (pins 3 and 4) to supply power to the amplifier's network interface while the 48 V power supplies are switched off.

Notice!

i

When the amplifier is powered from one or two normal 48 V power supplies, that do not have a lifeline interface, the power saving and audio bypass functions are not available. All other

amplifier functions are still available.

C
123456
E
G

E (MPSx)
To create a lifeline connection, follow the procedure below. 1. Crimp ferrules E onto the ends of the electrical wires of cable G to provide a solid and
reliable electrical connection. ­ Use a dedicated crimping tool.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
i
8.5.5
! ! i

Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) | en 77
2. Insert each wire into the appropriate slot of the connector C. The wiring order is not critical, but use the same order for all lifeline cables in the system to minimize the risk of errors. ­ Use a flat blade screwdriver to tighten each connection.
3. Insert the cable connector into the amplifier's lifeline socket, cut the cable to length and mount a connector of the same type, delivered with the multifunction power supply to the other end of the cable, observing wiring order. Insert this connector into the lifeline socket of the multifunction power supply.
Notice! The lifeline connection may not be longer than 3 m.
Amplifier outputs
The amplifier provides four output channels and a spare channel that substitutes a failing channel. The channels have direct drive 70/100 V outputs for low distortion, low crosstalk and a wide audio bandwidth. There are no output transformers that would be a limiting factor for the output power of each channel. Every channel also has a load independent flat frequency response. This combination of features makes it possible to partition the available amplifier power across all channels and utilize that power effectively. Every channel has a 6pole connector socket, providing independently switched loudspeaker group A and group B outputs and a separate connection facility for an EndofLine device for loudspeaker cable supervision (only for ClassA loop, A to B).
Caution! For compliance to UL 623681 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 623681 all loudspeaker wiring must be Class 2 wiring (CL2); this requirement does not apply for compliance to EN/IEC 623681.
Caution! Amplifier outputs may carry output voltages up to 100 VRMS. Touching uninsulated terminals or wiring may result in an unpleasant sensation.
Notice! Only amplifier channel 1 and the spare channel are capable of delivering up to 600 W maximum. All other channels are limited to 300 W maximum. In practice this does not impose any limitation on the flexibility of partitioning the total amplifier power across the channels, because if there is one zone with more than 300 W load, which is connected to channel 1, no other channel can be loaded with more than 300 W anymore without exceeding the total maximum of 600 W.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

78 en | Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)

PRAESENSA

Three different loudspeaker connection topologies are supported, configurable in the system configuration:
Single line A only

D
+
(EOL)
If no loudspeaker line redundancy is needed for a zone, then follow the procedure below to connect the loudspeakers to output A only: 1. Connect all loudspeakers in parallel, observing proper polarity. Select the right wire
gauge, taking into account the connected loudspeaker power, the length of cable and the maximum permissible attenuation of the acoustic sound level due to loudspeaker line losses. See also section Cable type recommendations, page 25 for loudspeaker cable size recommendations. 2. Insert the near end wires of the loudspeaker cable into slots 1 and 2 of connector D, preferably using crimped on wire ferrules that fit to the wire gauge used. Observe polarity. ­ Use a flat blade screwdriver to tighten each connection. 3. If the connected loudspeakers are also intended for emergency sound and loudspeaker line supervision is required, make sure that all loudspeakers are connected in a loopthrough fashion and that an endofline device is connected to the end of the loudspeaker line for supervision. ­ No cable spurs or branches are allowed, because they will not be supervised.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Dual line (A + B)

D
++

Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) | en 79

(EOL)
If loudspeaker line redundancy is needed, then follow the procedure below to connect two loudspeaker lines, one to output A and one to output B. Typically the loudspeakers are mounted alternating A, B, A, B, and so on, half the number connected to A, half the number connected to B. When one loudspeaker line fails this may result in the loss of half the number of loudspeaker and with proper positioning of the loudspeakers the acoustic output level will drop by 3 dBSPL. A loudspeaker line fault will be reported. 1. Connect half of the loudspeakers in parallel in a loopthrough fashion to output A.
Observe polarity. ­ Follow the same wiring procedure as for using a single line. 2. Connect an end-of-line device to the end of loudspeaker line A. 3. Repeat this procedure for the other half of the loudspeakers and connect them to output B. 4. Connect an end-of-line device to the end of loudspeaker line B. Loudspeaker lines A and B must be separately supervised, each with its own end-of-line device. In case of a short circuit in one of the loudspeaker lines, the amplifier will diagnose the overload condition to find the affected loudspeaker line and switchoff that line, so the other loudspeaker line can continue operation.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

80 en | Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)
Loop (A to B)

PRAESENSA

D
++

(EOL)

A third loudspeaker connection topology is the so-called ClassA loop, where the loudspeakers are connected in a loop, starting at output A and ending at output B, with the end of the loop being supervised with an endofline device. In normal operation the loop is driven from output A only. In case of an interruption of the loudspeaker line, this will result in the loudspeaker signal not arriving at output B and neither at the endofline device. The disconnection of the endofline device will be detected at output A, and as a result output B will be activated to drive the loop from the opposite side in an attempt to reach all loudspeakers again. A loudspeaker line fault will be reported. Follow the procedure below to connect the loudspeakers according to this scheme. 1. Connect all loudspeaker in parallel in a loopthrough fashion. Observe equal polarity for
all loudspeakers. Connect one side of the loudspeaker cable to output A, observing polarity. 2. Connect the other side of the loudspeaker cable to output B. In this case maintaining the correct polarity is especially important, as reversal on one end will short circuit the amplifier channel, not immediately, but when output B is activated in case of interruption of one conductor. 3. Connect an end-of-line device to the end-of-line connection terminals. These terminals are connected in parallel to output B, internally in the amplifier, to include supervision of the output B connection.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
8.5.6

Ethernet network

Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) | en 81

8.5.7

The amplifier has two Ethernet connection ports with a built-in Ethernet switch, supporting RSTP. Follow the procedure below to connect the amplifier to a network. The network must be set up in such a way that the amplifier can be discovered and reached by the system controller. 1. Use shielded Gb-Ethernet cables (preferably CAT6A F/UTP) with RJ45 connectors to
connect the amplifier to the network. 2. Connect one end of the cable to one port of the amplifier. 3. Connect the other side of the cable to another network port in the network. This can be
one port of the system controller, a port of a separate switch in the network, but also a port of another PRAESENSA device in the same rack. 4. The second port of the amplifier can be connected to a subsequent PRAESENSA device. The built-in Ethernet switch allows for a loopthrough interconnection between system devices, with a maximum of 21 devices in series. 5. For redundancy a looped through network connection may be connected at both sides to create a loop. RSTP must be enabled in the system. 6. For configuration, the amplifier is identified by its hostname, which is printed on the product label on the side of the device. The format of the hostname is the type number of the device without the dash, followed by a dash and then the last 6 hexadecimal digits of its MACaddress. Configuration is described in the PRAESENSA configuration manual.
Reset to factory default
The reset switch resets the device to its factory default settings. This function is only to be used in case a secured device is removed from a system to become part of another system. See Device status and reset, page 55.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

82 en | Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)

8.6 8.7

Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Europe

EN 5416

International

ISO 724016

Maritime applications

DNV GL Type Approval

Emergency standard compliance

Europe

EN 50849

UK

BS 5839-8

Regulatory areas Safety Immunity
Emissions
Environment Railway applications

EN/IEC/CSA/UL 623681
EN 55024 EN 551032 (E1, E2, E3) EN 501304
EN 55032 EN 6100063 ICES003 ANSI C63.4 FCC47 part 15B class A
EN 50581
EN 501214

Conformity declarations Europe Australia Morocco Russian Federation United Arabic Emirates

CE/CPR RCM CMIM EAC CoC Civil Defense

Technical data
Electrical

Loudspeaker load
Maximum loudspeaker load 100 V mode, all channels* 70 V mode, all channels*
Minimum loudspeaker load impedance 100 V mode, all channels* 70 V mode, all channels*

600 W 600 W
16.7 ohm 8.3 ohm

PRAESENSA

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Loudspeaker load
Maximum cable capacitance 100 V mode, all channels* 70 V mode, all channels*
*All channels combined.
Amplifier outputs
Rated output voltage 100 V mode, 1 kHz, THD <1%, no load 70 V mode, 1 kHz, THD <1%, no load
Burst / rated power** All channels combined
100 V mode, load 16.7 ohm 70 V mode, load 8.3 ohm Channel 1 100 V mode, load 16.7 ohm // 20 nF 70 V mode, load 11.7 ohm // 20 nF Other channels 100 V mode, load 33.3 ohm // 20 nF 70 V mode, load 16.7 ohm // 20 nF
Full to no load regulation 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Frequency response Rated power, +0.5 / -3 dB
Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise (THD+N) Rated power, 20 Hz to 20 kHz 6 dB below rated power, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Intermodulation Distortion (ID) 6 dB below rated power, 19+20 kHz, 1:1
Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) 100 V mode, 20 Hz to 20 kHz 70 V mode, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Crosstalk between channels 100 Hz to 20 kHz
DC offset voltage
Signal processing per channel Audio equalization Level control Level control resolution Audio delay Audio delay resolution RMS power limiter

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) | en 83
2 uF 2 uF
100 VRMS 70 VRMS
600 W / 150 W 600 W / 150 W 600 W / 150 W 420 W / 105 W 300 W / 75 W 300 W / 75 W
< 0.2 dB
20 Hz -- 20 kHz
< 0.5% < 0.1%
< 0.1%
> 110 dBA typical > 107 dBA typical
< -84 dBA < 50 mV
7-section parametric 0 -- -60 dB, mute 1 dB 0 -- 60 s 1 ms Rated power
2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

84 en | Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)

PRAESENSA

Amplifier outputs

Lifeline Sensitivity (100 V out) Mute attenuation Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)

0 dBV > 80 dB > 90 dBA

**Full voltage swing into maximum loudspeaker load for speech and music program material (crest factor > 9 dB)

Power transfer
Power supply input A/B Input voltage Input voltage tolerance
Power consumption (48 V) Sleep mode, no supervision Snooze mode, supervision active Active mode, idle Active mode, low power Active mode, rated power Per active port
Heat loss (including power supply) Active mode, idle Active mode, low power Active mode, full power

48 VDC 44 -- 60 VDC
6.0 W 7.5 W 38 W 52 W 222 W 0.4 W
166 kJ/h (157 BTU/h) 227 kJ/h (215 BTU/h) 339 kJ/h (321 BTU/h)

Supervision EndofLine detection mode
Power supply input A/B Ground short detection (loudspeaker lines) Amplifier channel redundancy switching Amplifier channel load Loudspeaker line redundancy switching Controller continuity Temperature Fan Network interface

Pilot tone 25.5 kHz, 3 VRMS Undervoltage < 50 kohm Internal spare channel Short circuit A/B group, ClassA loop Watchdog Overheat Rotation speed Link presence

Network interface Ethernet
Protocol Redundancy

100BASETX, 1000BASET TCP/IP RSTP

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604) | en 85

Network interface Audio/control protocol
Network audio latency Audio data encryption Control data security
Ports
Reliability MTBF (extrapolated from calculated MTBF of PRAAD608) Environmental
Climatic conditions Temperature
Operating
Storage and transport

Humidity (non condensing) Air pressure (operating) Altitude (operating)

Vibration (operating) Amplitude Acceleration
Bump (transport)
Airflow Fan airflow Fan noise
Idle condition, 1 m distance Rated power, 1 m distance
Mechanical
Enclosure Dimensions (HxWxD)
With mounting brackets
Rack unit Ingress protection Case
Material Color

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

OMNEO 10 ms AES128 TLS 2
300,000 h
-5 -- 50 °C (23 -- 122 °F) -30 -- 70 °C (-22 -- 158 °F) 5 -- 95% 560 -- 1070 hPa -500 -- 5000 m (-1640 -- 16404 ft)
< 0.7 mm < 2 G < 10 G
Front to sides/rear
< 30 dBSPLA < 53 dBSPLA
44 x 483 x 400 mm (1.75 x 19 x 15.7 in) 19 in, 1U IP30
Steel RAL9017
2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

86 en | Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)
Enclosure Frame
Material Color
Weight

PRAESENSA
Zamak RAL9022HR 8.1 kg (17.9 lb)

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
9

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) | en 87
Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608)

9.1 9.2

Introduction
This is a flexible and compact multichannel power amplifier for 100 V or 70 V loudspeaker systems in Public Address and Voice Alarm applications. It fits in centralized system topologies, but also supports decentralized system topologies because of its OMNEO IPnetwork connection, combined with DCpower from a multifunction power supply. The output power of each amplifier channel adapts to the connected loudspeaker load, only limited by the total power budget of the whole amplifier. This flexibility, and the integration of a spare amplifier channel, makes it possible to utilize the available power effectively and use less amplifiers for the same loudspeaker load, compared to using traditional amplifiers. Digital sound processing and control, adjusted to the acoustics and requirements of each zone, allow for better sound quality and speech intelligibility.
Functions
Efficient 8channel power amplifier ­ Transformerless, galvanically isolated, 70/100 V outputs, with a total loudspeaker output
power of 600 W. ­ Cost and space saving, integrated, independent spare channel for failsafe redundancy. ­ Class D amplifier channels with two-level power lines for highefficiency in all operating
conditions; dissipation and heat loss is minimized to save on energy and battery capacity for backup power. ­ Flexible partitioning of the available output power across all amplifier channels to use it effectively, significantly reducing the amount of required amplifier power in a system.
Flexibility in loudspeaker topologies ­ A/B outputs on every amplifier channel to support redundant loudspeaker wiring
topologies. Both outputs are individually supervised and disabled in case of a fault. ­ Class A loop wiring possible between the A and B loudspeaker outputs. ­ Load independent frequency response; the amplifier channels can be used with any
loudspeaker load up to the maximum, without any change in audio quality.
Sound quality ­ AudiooverIP, using OMNEO, the Bosch highquality digital audio interface, compatible
with Dante and AES67; audio sample rate is 48 kHz with 24bit sample size. ­ Large signal to noise ratio, wide audio bandwidth and very low distortion and crosstalk. ­ Digital signal processing on all amplifier channels, including equalization, limiting and
delay, to optimize and tailor the sound in each loudspeaker zone.
Supervision ­ Supervision of amplifier operation and all of its connections; faults are reported to the
system controller and logged. ­ Loudspeaker line integrity supervision without interruption of audio, using endofline
devices (separately available) for best reliability. ­ Network link supervision.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

88 en | Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608)

PRAESENSA

9.3

Fault tolerance ­ Dual OMNEO network connections, supporting Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), for
loop-through connections to adjacent devices. ­ Dual 48 VDC inputs with polarity reversal protection, each with a full power DC/DC
converter, operating in tandem for redundancy. ­ Fully independent amplifier channels; the integrated spare channel automatically replaces
a failing channel, with due regard of the actual sound processing settings. ­ All amplifier channels support two independent loudspeaker groups, A and B, enabling
redundant loudspeaker wiring topologies. ­ Backup analog audio lifeline input driving the spare amplifier channel to serve all
connected loudspeaker zones in case both network connections, or the amplifier network interface, would fail.
Functional diagram

Functional and connection diagram

Internal device functions

DC to DC converter

1 A

1

A

1 B

Audio processing (DSP)

2

2 A

OMNEO network switch

2 B

B

Controller

3 A

3

3 B

Lifeline control interface

4 A

Lifeline supply input

4

4 B
Lifeline audio input

5

5 A

1-8 Amplifier channel

5 B

1

Spare channel

6 A 6

2

6 B

7 A 7
7 B

8 A 8
8 B

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
9.4

Indicators and connections

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) | en 89

Front panel indicators

Spare channel substitute 18
Ground fault present

White Yellow

Audio lifeline substitute White

Power on

Green

Signal present 18 Fault present 18
Device fault present

Green Yellow
Yellow

Network link to system controller present Network link lost Amplifier in standby mode

Green
Yellow Blue

Identification mode / Indicator test

All LEDs blink

Rear panel indicators and controls

100 Mbps network 1 Gbps network
Power on

Yellow Green
Green

Identification mode / Indicator test Rear panel connections
Safety ground

All LEDs blink

Lifeline interface

Network port 12

1

Device fault present

Yellow

Device reset (to factory Button default)

48 VDC input AB
48 V
Loudspeaker output AB (18)

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

90 en | Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608)

PRAESENSA

9.5
9.5.1

Installation
The device is designed to be installed in a 19"rack/cabinet. Refer to: Mounting the 19"-rack devices, page 22. The device can be connected everywhere within the PRAESENSA system. If required, refer to: System introduction, page 15.

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:

Quantity

Component

1

Amplifier, 600W 8channel

1

Set of 19"rack mounting brackets (premounted)

1

Set of screw connectors and cables

1

Quick Installation Guide

1

Safety information

No tools or Ethernet cables are provided with the device. Parts check and identification

A Amplifier B 2pole screw plug (x2) C 6pole screw plug (small) D 4pole screw plug (large, x8) E Wireend ferrules (small, x12) F 2conductor cable (x2) G 6conductor cable H Wireend ferrules (large, x8)

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
9.5.2

Safety ground

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) | en 91

!
9.5.3

Connecting the chassis ground screw to safety ground is mandatory for the PRAESENSA power amplifiers: ­ The safety ground connection is needed for safety because of high internal voltages. All
PRAESENSA 19"devices have a chassis ground screw on the rear panel, which can be used for a wire connection to the rack frame. The rack frame must be grounded to safety ground. This is a conductive path to ground or earth that is designed to protect persons from electrical shock by shunting away any dangerous currents that might occur due to malfunction or accident. Use a thick, multi strand wire (>2.5 mm2) with wire eyelets and washers for a solid connection. ­ The safety ground connection is needed as reference for the ground short detection circuit. Without this connection, the amplifier could be electrically floating and no ground shorts or leakage currents would be detected for loudspeaker lines that touch ground somewhere. The safety ground connection via the mains connection of the multifunction power supply cannot be relied on for this, because the mains cable of this supply could be unplugged and then the amplifier continues to work on the backup battery.
Caution! The chassis ground screw of an amplifier must be connected to protective ground before the amplifier is connected to a power supply.
Power supply
The amplifier must be powered from a 48 V power supply. If the amplifier is used as part of a certified emergency sound system, it must be powered from a PRAESENSA multifunction power supply. In case the amplifier and the power supply are mounted in two different racks, double power supply connections must be made, but even if both devices are in the same rack, it is recommended to use double connections for fail-safe redundancy.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

92 en | Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608)

PRAESENSA

9.5.4

(MPSx)
Follow the connection procedure below: 1. Crimp ferrules H onto the ends of the electrical wires of cable F to provide a solid and
reliable electrical connection. ­ Use a dedicated crimping tool. 2. Insert each wire into the appropriate slot of the connector B, observing polarity. Wiring color convention: red for + and black for -. ­ Use a flat blade screwdriver to tighten each connection. 3. Insert the cable into the 48 V input A, cut the cable to length and mount the connector of the powering device to the other end of the cable, again observing polarity. Insert this connector into output A of the powering device. 4. For redundancy, repeat these steps for a second cable between output B of the powering device to input B of the amplifier. 5. Alternatives: ­ Instead of using the A/B outputs of a PRAESENSA powering device, also two
separate power supplies can be used. The maximum current rating of the supply connectors is 15 A; only use a 48 V power supply that is current limited to < 15 A, also in overload condition. ­ When no power supply redundancy is required, a single power supply can be used; in that case connect the 48 V inputs A and B in parallel to make use of the amplifier's internal dual power converters for fail safe redundancy and to avoid a supply supervision fault event.
Lifeline
The lifeline is an optional cable connection between a PRAESENSA amplifier and a PRAESENSA multifunction power supply. This interconnection serves multiple functions: ­ The multifunction power supply provides the audio signal of the highest priority
emergency call as a balanced line level analog signal on the lifeline connector (pins 5 and 6). This signal is a backup audio signal for the connected amplifier in case its network interface or both network links would fail. The emergency call will then be distributed to

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
i

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) | en 93
all connected loudspeakers at maximum volume and without equalization or audio delay. The lifeline signal goes straight to the spare amplifier channel to drive all zones in parallel. This line is supervised by the multifunction power supply. ­ The multifunction power supply sends information (pin 1) to the connected amplifier about the availability of mains power. In case mains power fails and power is provided from the battery, this signal sets the amplifier in backup power mode to disable all amplifier channels that are not needed to make calls with a priority above the configured priority level for the backup power mode. When no high priority calls are being made via this amplifier, it informs the multifunction power supply (pin 2) to switch off the 48 V converters to minimize battery power consumption even more. The power supplies and the amplifier channels go to snooze mode and wake up every 90 seconds briefly to perform the required supervision actions for timely fault reporting. ­ The multifunction power supply provides the battery or charger voltage, in the range of 12 to 18 V, to the amplifier directly (pins 3 and 4) to supply power to the amplifier's network interface while the 48 V power supplies are switched off.
Notice! When the amplifier is powered from one or two normal 48 V power supplies, that do not have a lifeline interface, the power saving and audio bypass functions are not available. All other amplifier functions are still available.

(MPSx)
To create a lifeline connection, follow the procedure below. 1. Crimp ferrules E onto the ends of the electrical wires of cable G to provide a solid and
reliable electrical connection. ­ Use a dedicated crimping tool. 2. Insert each wire into the appropriate slot of the connector C. The wiring order is not critical, but use the same order for all lifeline cables in the system to minimize the risk of errors. ­ Use a flat blade screwdriver to tighten each connection.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

94 en | Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608)

PRAESENSA

3. Insert the cable connector into the amplifier's lifeline socket, cut the cable to length and mount a connector of the same type, delivered with the multifunction power supply to the other end of the cable, observing wiring order. Insert this connector into the lifeline socket of the multifunction power supply.

Notice!

i

The lifeline connection may not be longer than 3 m.

9.5.5
! ! i

Amplifier outputs
The amplifier provides eight output channels and a spare channel that substitutes a failing channel. The channels have direct drive 70/100 V outputs for low distortion, low crosstalk and a wide audio bandwidth. There are no output transformers that would be a limiting factor for the output power of each channel. Every channel also has a load independent flat frequency response. This combination of features makes it possible to partition the available amplifier power across all channels and utilize that power effectively. Every channel has a 4pole connector socket, providing independently switched loudspeaker group A and group B outputs. It supports three different loudspeaker connection topologies, configurable in the system configuration:
Caution! For compliance to UL 623681 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 623681 all loudspeaker wiring must be Class 2 wiring (CL2); this requirement does not apply for compliance to EN/IEC 623681.
Caution! Amplifier outputs may carry output voltages up to 100 VRMS. Touching uninsulated terminals or wiring may result in an unpleasant sensation.
Notice! Only amplifier channel 1 and the spare channel are capable of delivering up to 600 W maximum. All other channels are limited to 300 W maximum. In practice this does not impose any limitation on the flexibility of partitioning the total amplifier power across the channels, because if there is one zone with more than 300 W load, which is connected to channel 1, no other channel can be loaded with more than 300 W anymore without exceeding the total maximum of 600 W.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) | en 95
Three different loudspeaker connection topologies are supported, configurable in the system configuration: Single line A only

(EOL)
If no loudspeaker line redundancy is needed for a zone, then follow the procedure below to connect the loudspeakers to output A only: 1. Connect all loudspeakers in parallel, observing proper polarity. Select the right wire
gauge, taking into account the connected loudspeaker power, the length of cable and the maximum permissible attenuation of the acoustic sound level due to loudspeaker line losses. See also section Cable type recommendations, page 25 for loudspeaker cable size recommendations. 2. Insert the near end wires of the loudspeaker cable into slots 1 and 2 of connector D, preferably using crimped on wire ferrules that fit to the wire gauge used. Observe polarity. ­ Use a flat blade screwdriver to tighten each connection. 3. If the connected loudspeakers are also intended for emergency sound and loudspeaker line supervision is required, make sure that all loudspeakers are connected in a loopthrough fashion and that an endofline device is connected to the end of the loudspeaker line for supervision. ­ No cable spurs or branches are allowed, because they will not be supervised.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

96 en | Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608)
Dual line (A + B)

PRAESENSA

(EOL)
If loudspeaker line redundancy is needed, then follow the procedure below to connect two loudspeaker lines, one to output A and one to output B. Typically the loudspeakers are mounted alternating A, B, A, B, and so on, half the number connected to A, half the number connected to B. When one loudspeaker line fails this may result in the loss of half the number of loudspeaker and with proper positioning of the loudspeakers the acoustic output level will drop by 3 dBSPL. A loudspeaker line fault will be reported. 1. Connect half of the loudspeakers in parallel in a loopthrough fashion to output A.
Observe polarity. ­ Follow the same wiring procedure as for using a single line. 2. Connect an end-of-line device to the end of loudspeaker line A. 3. Repeat this procedure for the other half of the loudspeakers and connect them to output B. 4. Connect an end-of-line device to the end of loudspeaker line B. Loudspeaker lines A and B must be separately supervised, each with its own end-of-line device. In case of a short circuit in one of the loudspeaker lines, the amplifier will diagnose the overload condition to find the affected loudspeaker line and switchoff that line, so the other loudspeaker line can continue operation.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Loop (A to B)

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) | en 97

(EOL)

A third loudspeaker connection topology is the so-called ClassA loop, where the loudspeakers are connected in a loop, starting at output A and ending at output B, with the end of the loop being supervised with an endofline device. In normal operation the loop is driven from output A only. In case of an interruption of the loudspeaker line, this will result in the loudspeaker signal not arriving at output B and neither at the endofline device. The disconnection of the endofline device will be detected at output A, and as a result output B will be activated to drive the loop from the opposite side in an attempt to reach all loudspeakers again. A loudspeaker line fault will be reported.

Follow the procedure below to connect the loudspeakers according to this scheme: 1. Connect all loudspeaker in parallel in a loopthrough fashion. Observe equal polarity for
all loudspeakers. Connect one side of the loudspeaker cable to output A, observing polarity. 2. Connect the other side of the loudspeaker cable to output B. In this case maintaining the correct polarity is especially important, as reversal on one end will short circuit the amplifier channel, not immediately, but when output B is activated in case of interruption of one conductor. 3. Connect an endofline device to output B, in parallel with the loudspeaker cable.

Notice!

Unlike the 4channel amplifier, the outputs of the 8channel amplifier use 4pole connectors

without separate terminals for the endofline device.

Do not replace the 4pole plug by two 2pole plugs for outputs A and B separately, because

i

then it is possible that plug B gets disconnected from the amplifier, while the endofline device remains connected to the loudspeaker line and no fault is being reported, until an

interruption occurs in the loop. Only then it will appear that the loudspeaker line after the

interruption cannot be driven from output B anymore. When the 4pole plug for outputs A and

B combined would get unplugged unintentionally, then both outputs A and B would be

disconnected together with the end-of-line device and a fault would be reported immediately.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

98 en | Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608)

PRAESENSA

9.5.6

Ethernet network
The amplifier has two Ethernet connection ports with a built-in Ethernet switch, supporting RSTP. Follow the procedure below to connect the amplifier to a network. The network must be set up in such a way that the amplifier can be discovered and reached by the system controller.

9.5.7

1. Use shielded Gb-Ethernet cables (preferably CAT6A F/UTP) with RJ45 connectors to connect the amplifier to the network.
2. Connect one end of the cable to one port of the amplifier. 3. Connect the other side of the cable to another network port in the network. This can be
one port of the system controller, a port of a separate switch in the network, but also a port of another PRAESENSA device in the same rack. 4. The second port of the amplifier can be connected to a subsequent PRAESENSA device. The built-in Ethernet switch allows for a loopthrough interconnection between system devices, with a maximum of 21 devices in series. 5. For redundancy a looped through network connection may be connected at both sides to create a loop. RSTP must be enabled in the system. 6. For configuration, the amplifier is identified by its hostname, which is printed on the product label on the side of the device. The format of the hostname is the type number of the device without the dash, followed by a dash and then the last 6 hexadecimal digits of its MACaddress. Configuration is described in the PRAESENSA configuration manual.
Reset to factory default
The reset switch resets the device to its factory default settings. This function is only to be used in case a secured device is removed from a system to become part of another system. See Device status and reset, page 55.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
9.6
9.7

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) | en 99

Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Europe

EN 5416

International

ISO 724016

Maritime applications

DNV GL Type Approval

Emergency standard compliance

Europe

EN 50849

UK

BS 5839-8

Regulatory areas Safety Immunity
Emissions
Environment Railway applications

EN/IEC/CSA/UL 623681
EN 55024 EN 551032 (E1, E2, E3) EN 501304
EN 55032 EN 6100063 ICES003 ANSI C63.4 FCC47 part 15B class A
EN 50581
EN 501214

Conformity declarations Europe Australia Morocco Russian Federation United Arabic Emirates

CE/CPR RCM CMIM EAC CoC Civil Defense

Technical data
Electrical

Loudspeaker load
Maximum loudspeaker load 100 V mode, all channels* 70 V mode, all channels*
Minimum loudspeaker load impedance 100 V mode, all channels* 70 V mode, all channels*

600 W 600 W
16.7 ohm 8.3 ohm

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

100 en | Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608)
Loudspeaker load
Maximum cable capacitance 100 V mode, all channels* 70 V mode, all channels*
*All channels combined.
Amplifier outputs
Rated output voltage 100 V mode, 1 kHz, THD <1%, no load 70 V mode, 1 kHz, THD <1%, no load
Burst / rated power** All channels combined
100 V mode, load 16.7 ohm 70 V mode, load 8.3 ohm Channel 1 100 V mode, load 16.7 ohm // 20 nF 70 V mode, load 11.7 ohm // 20 nF Other channels 100 V mode, load 33.3 ohm // 20 nF 70 V mode, load 16.7 ohm // 20 nF
Full to no load regulation 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Frequency response Rated power, +0.5 / -3 dB
Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise (THD+N) Rated power, 20 Hz to 20 kHz 6 dB below rated power, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Intermodulation Distortion (ID) 6 dB below rated power, 19+20 kHz, 1:1
Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) 100 V mode, 20 Hz to 20 kHz 70 V mode, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Crosstalk between channels 100 Hz to 20 kHz
DC offset voltage
Signal processing per channel Audio equalization Level control Level control resolution Audio delay Audio delay resolution RMS power limiter

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

2 uF 2 uF

PRAESENSA

100 VRMS 70 VRMS
600 W / 150 W 600 W / 150 W 600 W / 150 W 420 W / 105 W 300 W / 75 W 300 W / 75 W
< 0.2 dB
20 Hz -- 20 kHz
< 0.5% < 0.1%
< 0.1%
> 110 dBA typical > 107 dBA typical
< -84 dBA < 50 mV
7-section parametric 0 -- -60 dB, mute 1 dB 0 -- 60 s 1 ms Rated power
Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) | en 101

Amplifier outputs

Lifeline Sensitivity (100 V out) Mute attenuation Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)

0 dBV > 80 dB > 90 dBA

**Full voltage swing into maximum loudspeaker load for speech and music program material (crest factor > 9 dB)

Power transfer
Power supply input A/B Input voltage Input voltage tolerance
Power consumption (48 V) Sleep mode, no supervision Snooze mode, supervision active Active mode, idle Active mode, low power Active mode, rated power Per active port
Heat loss (including power supply) Active mode, idle Active mode, low power Active mode, full power

48 VDC 44 -- 60 VDC
6.0 W 8.9 W 54 W 74 W 246 W 0.4 W
237 kJ/h (225 BTU/h) 325 kJ/h (308 BTU/h) 434 kJ/h (412 BTU/h)

Supervision EndofLine detection mode
Power supply input A/B Ground short detection (loudspeaker lines) Amplifier channel redundancy switching Amplifier channel load Loudspeaker line redundancy switching Controller continuity Temperature Fan Network interface

Pilot tone 25.5 kHz, 3 VRMS Undervoltage < 50 kohm Internal spare channel Short circuit A/B group, ClassA loop Watchdog Overheat Rotation speed Link presence

Network interface Ethernet
Protocol Redundancy

100BASETX, 1000BASET TCP/IP RSTP

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

102 en | Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608)

PRAESENSA

Network interface
Audio/control protocol Network audio latency Audio data encryption Control data security

OMNEO 10 ms AES128 TLS

Ports

2

Reliability MTBF (calculated according to Telcordia SR332 Issue 3) 250,000 h

Environmental

Climatic conditions Temperature
Operating
Storage and transport

-5 -- 50 °C (23 -- 122 °F) -30 -- 70 °C (-22 -- 158 °F)

Humidity (non condensing)

5 -- 95%

Air pressure (operating)

560 -- 1070 hPa

Altitude (operating)

-500 -- 5000 m (-1640 -- 16404 ft)

Vibration (operating) Amplitude Acceleration

< 0.7 mm < 2 G

Bump (transport)

< 10 G

Airflow Fan airflow Fan noise
Idle condition, 1 m distance Rated power, 1 m distance Mechanical
Enclosure Dimensions (HxWxD)
With mounting brackets
Rack unit Ingress protection Case
Material Color

Front to sides/rear
< 30 dBSPLA < 53 dBSPLA
44 x 483 x 400 mm (1.75 x 19 x 15.7 in) 19 in, 1U IP30
Steel RAL9017

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Enclosure Frame
Material Color
Weight

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608) | en 103
Zamak RAL9022HR 8.8 kg (19.4 lb)

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

104 en | End-of-line device (EOL)

10

End-of-line device (EOL)

PRAESENSA

10.1
10.2 10.3

Introduction
This endofline device is a reliable solution for loudspeaker line integrity supervision, which is a requirement for emergency sound systems. It is connected at the end of a loudspeaker line, after the last loudspeaker of a series of looped-through loudspeakers. It communicates with the PRAESENSA amplifier channel driving that loudspeaker line, to confirm the integrity of the line. Where impedance measurements may not detect a disconnected loudspeaker, depending on the number of connected loudspeakers and cable type, or report false faults, the end-of-line device provides a superior solution to report the correct status of the loudspeaker line. The enclosure size is compatible with the mounting provisions in most Bosch loudspeakers for supervision boards or devices. It can also be reduced in size to fit most cable junction boxes.
Product variant PRA-EOL-US
The PRA-EOL-US device is identical to the PRA-EOL , but comes without the set of connection wires and thermal fuse. This variant is certified for UL 2572 for USA and Canada. The wiring and mounting instructions of the PRA-EOL apply to the PRA-EOL-US, but the connection wires must be no smaller than 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) without thermal fuse. A mounting screw and washer are included to mount this device in a metal junction box.
Functions
Supervision ­ Reliable supervision of a single loudspeaker line, using loudspeakers connected in a
loopthrough fashion. ­ Operation is based on pilot tone detection from the amplifier with feedback to the
amplifier using the loudspeaker line itself. No additional wiring is needed for fault or status reporting. ­ The A/B outputs of a PRAESENSA amplifier channel are supervised individually, with separate endofline devices. ­ To reduce power consumption, PRAESENSA amplifier channels use pilot tone modulation. ­ The audibility of the pilot tone is virtually eliminated by using a pilot tone amplitude of only 3 VRMS with a frequency of 25.5 kHz, amply outside the human hearing range, even for young children.
Mounting ­ The PRAESENSA endofline device is small, lightweight and fits to the mounting
provisions in most Bosch loudspeakers for supervision boards (board shape). It comes with push terminal connected flying leads, containing a thermal fuse, for easy connection to the last loudspeaker of a loudspeaker line. ­ Part of the mounting plate of the device can be broken off and snapped in place as bottom plate, making the device enclosure IP30 compliant, for use outside a loudspeaker enclosure (box shape). The enclosure contains a wiring strain relief for additional protection.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

End-of-line device (EOL) | en 105
­ Various mounting holes in the enclosure allow for mounting the device in most standard cable junction boxes. In this case the loudspeaker line enters the box via a standard cable gland and is connected using the push terminal.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

106 en | End-of-line device (EOL)

10.4

Functional diagram
Functional and connection diagram

10.5

Connections

PRAESENSA
Internal device functions Thermal fuse Loudspeaker line Bandpass filter Supervision receiver/transmitter

10.6
10.6.1

Device connections Loudspeaker line

Installation

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:

Quantity

Component

8

End of line device

8

Set of connection wires with thermal fuse

1

Quick Installation Guide

1

Safety information

No tools are provided with the device. Parts check and identification

A End-of-line device B Connection wires with thermal fuse

x8

x8

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
10.6.2

End-of-line device (EOL) | en 107
Wiring
The endofline device must be connected to the end of a loudspeaker line, to monitor the full length of the line. All loudspeakers connected to that line must be wired in a loopthrough arrangement, without branches. The endofline device is then connected to the last loudspeaker using the supplied connection wire.

ot
To do so: 1. Cut (1) the supplied connection wire with the thermal fuse in two halves. 2. Connect the two wires to the 100 V or 70 V loopthrough connection of the loudspeaker,
with the thermal fuse at the loudspeaker side: ­ This is the primary side of the loudspeaker transformer. ­ The polarity is not important for the endof-line device, but it is good practice to
connect the wire with the thermal fuse to the positive loudspeaker terminal. ­ The thermal fuse is to disconnect the endofline device and its wires from the
loudspeaker line in case of fire. This prevents that the loudspeaker line might be shorted in case the wire insulation melts. 3. Cut the wires (2) to the required length for connection to the endofline device, feeding the wires through the strain relief slot (3) in the plastic housing: ­ The endofline device uses a 2pole push wire connector. ­ The stripped wire ends must be inserted into the connector completely, up to the insulation, to prevent that the wires can be touched.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

108 en | End-of-line device (EOL)

PRAESENSA

10.6.3
!

Mounting
Most Bosch loudspeakers have a provision to mount the endofline device as a flat panel using the holes in the mounting plate.
Caution! When PRA-EOL devices are mounted at a height above 2 m from the ground, special care should be taken to avoid that a device falls and may hurt a person.

Caution!

!

For compliance to NFPA 70 and CSA C22.1, the device must be mounted in a junction box.

Part of the mounting plate of the endofline device can be broken off (1) and snapped in place as bottom plate (2+3). Then the device can be mounted outside the loudspeaker cabinet or inside a cable junction box.

Notice!

When selecting cables and wire gauge for loudspeaker connections, take into account the

i

length and loudspeaker load to avoid excessive power loss. Make sure that the signal level at the end of the loudspeaker line has not dropped with more than 2 dB (this is approximately

20%), as this will also affect proper operation of the end-of-line device. Also see section

Cable type recommendations, page 25.

Notice!

i

The PRA-EOL shows up on a loudspeaker line as a mostly capacitive load of 30 nF, representing a reactive load of 1.7 W when measured with an impedance meter at 1 kHz. The

device will not dissipate this amount of power as it is reactive.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

End-of-line device (EOL) | en 109

10.7

Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Europe

EN 5416

International

ISO 724016

Maritime applications

DNV GL Type Approval

Emergency standard compliance

Europe

EN 50849

UK

BS 5839-8

Regulatory areas Safety Immunity
Emissions
Environment Plenum rating Railway applications

EN/IEC/CSA/UL 623681 EN 551032 (E1, E2, E3) EN 501304 EN 55032 EN 6100063 EN/IEC 63000 UL 2043 EN 501214

10.8

Conformity declarations Europe United Arabic Emirates
Technical data
Electrical Electrical control Pilot tone frequency (kHz) Pilot tone level (V) Maximum input power (mW) Maximum input voltage (V) Supervision Fault detection Fault reporting

CE/CPR CoC Civil Defense
25.50 kHz 1.5 V  3 V 100 mW 100 V End-of-line Line shorted; line interrupted Via amplifier

Electrical connectivity Connector type Wire size (mm2) Wire size (AWG)
Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2-pole spring terminal 0.13 mm2  2.0 mm2 26AWG  14AWG
2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

110 en | End-of-line device (EOL)

Cable length (m) (maximum) Maximum cable capacitance (nF) Cable temperature range (ºC) Cable temperature range (ºF)

1000 m 80 nF -20 ºC  50 ºC -4 ºF  122 ºF

Reliability
MTBF (extrapolated from calculated MTBF of 5,000,000 h PRA-AD608)

Environmental

Operating temperature (°C)

-5 °C - 50 °C

Operating temperature (°F)

23 °F - 122 °F

Storage temperature (°C)

-30 °C - 70 °C

Storage temperature (°F)

-22 °F - 158 °F

Operating relative humidity, non-condensing 5% - 95% (%)

Air pressure (hPa)

560 hPa - 1070 hPa

Operating altitude (m)

-500 m  5000 m

Operating altitude (ft)

-1640 ft  16404 ft

Operating vibration amplitude (mm)

< 0.7 mm

Operating vibration acceleration (G)

< 2 G

Transport bump (G)

< 10 G

Mechanical

Dimension (H x W x D) (mm), board shape Dimension (H x W x D) (in.), board shape Dimension (H x W x D) (mm), box shape Dimension (H x W x D) (in), box shape Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Material Color in RAL Weight (g) Weight (lb)

60 mm x 78 mm x 16 mm 2.4 in x 3.1 in x 0.6 in 60 mm x 45 mm x 18 mm 2.4 in x 1.8 in x 0.7 in IP30 Plastic RAL 3000 Flame red 25 g 0.055 lb

PRAESENSA

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
11

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 111
Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

11.1 11.2

Introduction
This compact device combines multiple support functions to power and serve other PRAESENSA system devices. It can be used in a centralized system, but it is an enabler for decentralized system topologies with several smaller racks or cabinets located across the premises, to reduce loudspeaker cabling costs significantly. It provides DCpower supply to connected amplifiers and peripherals from the mains, with a standards compliant charger for a single 12 V backup battery, saving on installation and battery maintenance costs. The integrated 6port Ethernet switch, with glass fiber support, facilitates easy interconnection of decentralized clusters of devices. Configurable, supervised control inputs and voltagefree control outputs are available as interface to external equipment. Its OMNEO interface for control and fault reporting also provides an analog audio backup lifeline for the connected amplifiers.
Functions
Independent mains power supplies ­ Three fully independent 48 VDC power supplies for up to three amplifiers. ­ One 24 VDC output for a system controller or auxiliary device. ­ All power supply outputs have double connectors for A/B dual redundant wiring to the
connected loads. ­ A fault condition on one of the outputs does not affect any of the other outputs. ­ Universal mains input with power factor correction to maximize the amount of power that
can be taken from a single phase power distribution network.
Backup battery solution ­ Integrated charger for a 12 V VRLA (Valve Regulated LeadAcid) battery, with a capacity
up to 230 Ah for standards compliant charging and energy storage. ­ The battery life time for servicing is maximized by using a single 12 V battery that has all
six battery cells at the same temperature and all cells using the same electrolyte. This prevents unequal charging and consequently overcharging of series connected batteries, which is the main cause of premature battery aging. ­ Three fully independent battery to 48 VDC power converters for up to three amplifiers. ­ Flexible, preterminated battery cabling of fixed length included, with fuse and battery temperature sensor, for fast battery connection and predictive cabling resistance. ­ Accurate battery impedance measurement to monitor aging of the battery and supervision of battery connections.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

112 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

PRAESENSA

Ethernet switch ­ Six OMNEO network ports, supporting Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), for
loopthrough connections to adjacent devices: ­ Five ports are for copper connection on RJ45, two of them provide Power over
Ethernet (PoE) to supply power to connected call stations or other devices. ­ One port provides an SFPcage for Small Formfactor Pluggable transceivers for
single or multimode glass fiber connections.
General purpose control inputs and outputs ­ Eight control inputs to receive signals from external systems with configurable connection
supervision. ­ Eight voltage free single pole, double throw (SPDT) relay contacts to activate external
devices. ­ Control input and output functions are software configurable.
Fault tolerance and supervision ­ Supervision of mains, battery and device operation and all connections; faults are
reported to the system controller and logged. ­ Automatic battery backup takeover from mains in case of mains failures. ­ Multiport network interface with RSTPsupport for recovery from a failing network
connection. ­ Supervised audio lifeline to connected amplifiers, as backup for a failing amplifier
network interface.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
11.3

Functional diagram
Functional and connection diagram

1 PoE
2

3

4

5

6

SFP

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 113

Internal device functions

Power over Ethernet power source

1

2

3

OMNEO network switch

4

5

6

SFP Socket for SFP module

7

8

Controller

1

2

3

Audio processing (DSP)

4

5

Mains to DC converter

6

7

8

DC to DC converter

A

B

Battery charger

1

A

Control input processor

B

Control output relay
2

A

Lifeline audio output

B

3

Lifeline supply output

Lifeline control interface

A

B

Diode

Fuse

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

114 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

11.4

Indicators and connections

PRAESENSA

Front panel indicators

48 VDC amplifier power

supply A-B (1-3)

Power on

Green

Fault

Yellow

Device fault present

Yellow

Battery status Full (float charging) Charging (bulk or absorption charging) Fault
Identification mode / Indicator test

Green Green blinking
Yellow All LEDs blink

24 VDC auxiliary power supply A-B Power on Fault

Green Yellow

Network link to system controller present Network link lost

Green Yellow

Mains present Mains fault

Green Yellow

Rear panel indicators and controls

100 Mbps network 1 Gbps network
Power on

Yellow Green
Green

Identification mode / Indicator test Rear panel connections
Chassis ground

All LEDs blink

Device fault present

Yellow

Device reset (to factory Button default)

Mains input with fuse

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Battery 12 VDC ( )

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 115
Battery temperature
CF8/100A
sensor

11.5
11.5.1

48 VDC output AB (1-3,

5.5A

to amplifier 1-3)

24 VDC output AB (to system controller)

Lifeline control/audio/ supply interface (13, to amplifier 13)

Control input 18

1

Control output 18

1

Network port 15 (port 1 and 2 with PoE)

1

Network port 6 (SFP)

6

Installation
The device is designed to be installed in a 19"rack/cabinet. Refer to: Mounting the 19"-rack devices, page 22. The device can be connected everywhere within the PRAESENSA system. If required, refer to: System introduction, page 15.

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:

Quantity

Component

1

Multifunction power supply

1

Set of 19"rack mounting brackets (premounted)

1

Set of screw connectors

1

Battery connection set (wiring, fuse, temperature sensor)

1

EU power cord CEE 7/7 to IEC C13

1

US power cord NEMA 5-15 to IEC C13

1

Quick Installation Guide

1

Safety information

No tools or Ethernet cables are provided with the device.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

116 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

PRAESENSA

Parts check and identification

A Multifunction power supply B 2pole screw plug (x6) C 6pole screw plug (small, x3) D 2pole screw plug (small, x2) E 16-pole screw plug (small) F 12-pole screw plug (small, x2) I Mains power cord J Temperature sensor assembly K Nut M8 (x2) M Battery fuse CF8 100 A N Positive battery cable (red) O Negative battery cable (black) P Bolt M8 (short, x2) Q Bolt M8 (long) R Spring washer M8 (x2) S Washer M8 (x3) T Bolt M6 (short, x2) U Bolt M6 (long) V Spring washer M6 (x2) W Washer M6 (x2)

11.5.2

Battery and fuse
The multifunction power supply needs an external 12 V VRLA (Valve Regulated Lead Acid) battery as backup power source. It uses internal DC/DC converters to convert the battery voltage to the required supply voltages for the connected PRAESENSA devices. A 100 A fuse (model CF8) (M) must be used in series with the positive (red) cable (N) of the battery. It is recommended to mount the fuse at the battery side (see chapter below), immediately at the positive battery terminal. Alternatively the fuse can be mounted at the power supply side (see chapter below), when local standards require so. Never use two fuses, one on each side, because this would increase the series resistance of the cable assembly and the high peak currents of a system in emergency mode would result in voltage dips that could limit the maximum available output power to the loudspeakers. The connected battery must have a capacity of 100 to 230 Ah. The actual required capacity depends on many variables, see Battery calculation, page 41 for calculation guidelines. The device is delivered with cables with crimp eyelet terminals (N + O) and it is recommended to use these full length cables. Although a shorter cable is better, it requires heavy tools to shorten a cable and fix new eyelet terminals. The temperature sensing assembly (J) is used to sense the temperature of the battery for best performance. The temperature of the negative battery terminal is a good representation of the internal battery temperature. Temperature sensing is an important requirement to set the

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 117

correct charging threshold voltages to fully charge the battery without overcharging. When the temperature sensor is not mounted correctly, the battery lifetime may be considerably reduced. When the sensor is not connected, the battery charger will be switched off. Only use the temperature sensor assembly that is delivered with the device.

Notice!

For compliancy to EN 54-4 / ISO 7240-4, the battery shall

- be rechargeable;

- be suitable to be maintained in a fully charged state;

- be constructed for stationary use;

i

- be marked with the type designation and date of manufacture; - be of the sealed type;

- be mounted in in accordance with the manufacturer's data.

A properly marked and mounted VRLA (Valve Regulated Lead Acid) battery of 12 V fulfils

these requirements. SLA (Sealed Lead Acid) and VRLA are different acronyms for the same

battery. This battery type is maintenance-free, leak-proof and position insensitive. Batteries of

this kind have a safety vent to release gas in case of excessive internal pressure build up.

AGM (Absorbed Glass Mat) refers to a specific type of SLA or VRLA and can be used also.

Caution!

1. The battery must be electrically floating. Never connect any battery terminal to ground.

The battery terminals must be wired individually to the battery connection terminals of the

!

PRA-MPS3.

2. A battery may not be connected to more than one PRA-MPS3, this means that it cannot be

shared by multiple power supplies.

3. Risk of explosion if an incorrect type of battery is used.

Notice!

1. To prevent damage to the battery always check the depth of the threaded insert of the

terminals before tightening the bolts. If needed, use shorter bolts.

2. Make sure that all connections are tightened with the correct torque. Not only to prevent

damage, but also to keep the contact resistances as low as possible. It is good practice to

i

keep the red and black battery cables together and aligned for most of their length, using cable ties or heat shrink sleeves. This reduces cable inductance and improves the accuracy of

the battery impedance measurement because the battery impedance is measured using an AC

current. The inductance of the cables is very low and may seem insignificant, but the

impedance of the battery and the resistance of the cables, cable connections and the fuse are

also very low and all these elements are in series and measured together.

3. It is not allowed to connect any external load to the battery directly, as this will disturb the

charging process.

Battery and charging stages The charger of the multifunction power supply is a 3stage charger. This is a processorcontrolled charger that offers maximum safety and ease of use, while preserving best performance and battery lifetime. Recharging a battery is a three stage process: ­ Stage 1 (bulk charge): In this stage the battery is charged with a constant current, the
nominal charging current of 8.5 A. The applied voltage increases over time to keep this current flowing while the battery charges. The actual voltage also depends on the internal resistance of the battery and the connection cable resistance. This stage will recharge batteries that are severely drained. There is no risk of overcharging in this stage because

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

118 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

PRAESENSA

the battery hasn't reached full yet. The charger measures the battery voltage and, in combination with the actual temperature, decides on the state of charge of the battery. At a certain voltage, corresponding to a state of charge of the battery of 7080%, the charger will enter the absorption stage. The battery status LED blinks green while in stage 1. ­ Stage 2 (absorption charge): In this stage the charger maintains a steady voltage, while the charging current declines. The lower current going into the battery safely brings up the charge on the battery without overheating it. This stage takes more time as the charging current is lower. The current continuously declines until the battery almost reaches full capacity. Then the charger will enter the float stage. The battery status LED still blinks green while in stage 2. ­ Stage 3 (float charge): The float stage charges the battery to full and maintains the 100% state of charge. The voltage will decrease and stays at a steady voltage of around 13.5 V (the exact value adapts to the temperature), which is the maximum voltage a 12 V VRLA battery can hold. The current will also decrease to the point of trickle charging. It's essentially the float stage where there is charge going into the battery at all times, but only at a safe rate to ensure a full state of charge and nothing more. The charger does not turn off at this point. It is important that the battery is at 100% state of charge to utilize its full capacity when the PRAESENSA system needs to operate on backup battery, but this state of charge is also the healthiest regarding battery lifetime. In this stage 3, the battery status LED is steady green. Battery lifetime is maximized by using a single 12 V battery, that has all six battery cells at the same temperature and all cells using the same electrolyte. All cell voltages will be substantially equal and the switchover to the next charging state is welldefined. Series connected batteries without battery balancing circuits will not stabilize to the exactly same voltage, while the switchover to the next charging state is determined by the summed voltages of the distinctive batteries. This causes non-optimum charging and consequently overcharging of one or more of the series connected batteries, which is the main cause of premature battery aging.
Battery fault reporting The battery is monitored continuously to prevent damage to the battery and to make sure that it is available in good state as a backup power source to the system in case of mains power failures. When a backup power source is not needed, it is allowed to not connect a battery to the multifunction power supply. In that case make sure that supervision of the battery is disabled in the configuration of the device to avoid that a battery missing fault is reported by the system. When a battery is in fact connected, but the battery supervision is disabled in the configuration, then the battery will still be charged and used when mains power fails. In order to prevent damage to the battery, also battery supervision still continues in the background and even most battery faults will be reported as usual (voltage too high, voltage too low, battery short circuit, temperature too high, leakage current too high, temperature sensor missing). Only the results of the battery impedance measurements are suppressed. This mode could be useful for special situations (not compliant to EN 5416 and EN 544), where a relatively small backup battery is used, to avoid that a fault is reported that the battery impedance is too high. Make sure that this battery can handle a charging current of 8.5 A and the maximum current draw of the load, see section Accurate battery size calculation, page 45.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 119
Fuse at battery side Putting the fuse (M) at the positive battery terminal, follow the connection procedure below.

1.
2. 3. 4.
5.
Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Take the black battery cable (O) and fix one side to the short negative battery connection terminal of the power supply, using an M8 self-locking nut (K). Tighten with torque 5 Nm. ­ When the black (O) and red (N) battery cables are fixed to each other, make sure

that the isolated fuse eyelet on the red cable (N) is at the battery side, otherwise

reverse the complete cable set. Take the red battery cable (N) and fix the nonisolated eyelet to the long positive battery connection terminal, using the other M8 self-locking nut (K). Tighten with torque 5 Nm. Insert the connector of the battery temperature sensor assembly (J) into the temperature sensor connector socket of the power supply. Connect the open end of the black cable (O) to the negative battery terminal, with the eyelet of the temperature sensor (J) on top. ­ Depending on the type of battery and its terminals, use a short M8 bolt (P), spring

washer (R) and washer (S), or short M6 bolt (T), spring washer (V) and washer (W).

­ M8 and M6 are the most common screw terminal types for VRLA batteries in PA/VA applications. Check the battery specification for the optimum tightening torque.
Put the fuse (M) on top of the positive battery terminal, then put the open end of the red cable (N) with the metal side of the isolated eyelet on top of the fuse and fix this set to the battery terminal with a long bolt, spring washer and washer (M8: Q, R, S / M6: U, V, W).

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

120 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

PRAESENSA

­ Tighten with the correct torque, according to the battery specification. The eyelet isolation of cable (N) is needed to prevent that the fuse is being shorted by the bolt (Q or U).
Fuse at power supply side Putting the fuse (M) at the positive battery terminal of the power supply, follow the connection procedure below.

1. Take the black battery cable (O) and fix one side to the short negative battery connection terminal of the power supply, using an M8 selflocking nut (K). Tighten with torque 5 Nm. ­ When the black (O) and red (N) battery cables are fixed to each other, make sure that the isolated fuse eyelet on the red cable (N) is at the power supply side, otherwise reverse the complete cable set.
2. Put the fuse (M) on the long positive battery connection terminal of the power supply, followed by the isolated eyelet of the red cable (N), with the metal side of the eyelet against the fuse, then followed by a washer (S). Fix this set using the other M8 selflocking nut (K). Tighten with torque 5 Nm. ­ The eyelet isolation of cable (N) is needed to prevent that the fuse (M) is being shorted by the threaded end terminal.
3. Insert the connector of the battery temperature sensor assembly (J) into the temperature sensor connector socket of the power supply.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 121
4. Connect the open end of the black cable (O) to the negative battery terminal, with the eyelet of the temperature sensor (J) on top. Depending on the type of battery and its terminals, use a short M8 bolt (P), spring washer (R) and washer (S), or short M6 bolt (T), spring washer (V) and washer (W). ­ M8 and M6 are the most common screw terminal types for VRLA batteries in PA/VA applications. Check the battery specification for the optimum tightening torque.
5. Connect the open end of the red cable (N) to the positive battery terminal using a short bolt, spring washer and washer (M8: P, R, S / M6: T, V, W). Tighten with the correct torque, according to the battery specification.
Using a circuit breaker Instead of using the 100 A CF8 fuse (M) that is delivered with the unit, it is possible to use a thermal or electromagnetic circuit breaker. The circuit breaker can also serve to manually disconnect the battery from the PRA-MPS3. This could be convenient to power off a system for making modifications after installation of the battery. It is important to make sure that the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker is bigger than the shortcircuit current of the installed battery. The shortcircuit current of typical batteries for the PRA-MPS3 is 2 to 6 kA. Circuit breakers for 100 A for DC are available with a breaking capacity of 10 kA, both for panel mounting and for DINrail mounting. The internal resistance of a 100 A circuit breaker is about the same as for the 100 A CF8 fuse (M), less than 1 mohm, so the impedance measurement of the battery circuit, which is a requirement of the voice alarm standards, is not affected. Do not use multiple fuses or circuit breakers in series or doublepole circuit breakers, as this will increase the impedance of the battery circuit and may generate a premature battery fault.

Battery cables Battery cables are packed with the PRA-MPS3. These are heavy duty red (N) and black (O) cables of 120 cm length, with a cross section of 35 mm2 (approximately AWG 2) and with crimp eyelet terminals attached. The wire resistance of each cable is approximately 0.7 mohm (together 1.4 mohm). It is important to keep the resistance of the battery circuit very low for the 12 V battery to be able to supply large (peak) currents without much voltage drop to the DC/DC converters for the amplifiers. For that reason only a single fuse with a resistance of 0.5 to 1 mohm is allowed. The supplied 100 A CF8 fuse (M) has a cold resistance of 0.6 mohm. The battery itself has an internal resistance that depends on the capacity of the battery. A new, charged 200 Ah battery (VRLA) of 12 V has an internal resistance of approximately 3 mohm. When the supplied battery cables cannot be used, it is possible to use alternative cables, as long as the total wire resistance remains below 2 mohm, and the lower it is, the better. That value is for a PRA-MPS3 with three amplifiers connected, each loaded with 600 W of loudspeakers. But even when less amplifiers are connected or less loudspeaker load is connected, it is still good to select a cable type and length that fits to a maximum configuration. Then, amplifiers and load can be added later without having to change battery cables.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

122 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

PRAESENSA

11.5.3
i

For installation, it is very convenient when the cables are very flexible. In the metal industries, welding cables are used that are hard wearing and flexible, and designed to transmit high currents between the welding generator and electrodes. These cables are sometimes identified by codes H01N2D for flexible cables and H01N2E for very flexible cables, in accordance with EN 50525281. Useful sizes are 10, 16, 25, 35 and 50 mm2 and AWG sizes 6 to 1. Welding cables are available with red and black colored insulation and ideal for making the connections between the PRA-MPS3 and the battery. Especially in racks, where the equipment is mounted in a swing frame, flexibility of the cables is important.

Wire gauge [AWG]

Wire cross section [mm2]
10

Wire resistance [mohm/m]
1.95

Maximum length per wire [cm]
50

6

(13.3)

1.47

60

16

1.22

70

5

(16.8)

1.16

80

4

(21.1)

0.92

100

25

0.78

120

3

(26.7)

0.73

130

2

(33.6)

0.58

170

35

0.55

180

1

(42.4)

0.46

210

50

0.39

250

Mains power connection
1. Check that the mains (AC) power supply meets the nominal input rating of the PRAMPS3. ­ The voltage that can be applied is any of the nominal power supply voltages in the range of 115 VAC to 240 VAC. The frequency is 50 Hz or 60 Hz.
2. Use the supplied power cord (I) to connect to the mains line. ­ If the supplied power cord cannot be used due to the plug shape, have a qualified engineer replace it with an appropriate power cord of length 3 m or less. ­ The PRA-MPS3 uses an IEC 60320 - C14 appliance inlet; the mains cord must have a matching C13 connector. ­ The PRA-MPS3 has no power switch.
Notice! The power cord with a plug can be used to disconnect the PRA-MPS3 from the mains. Connect the plug to an easily accessible power outlet so that the plug can be removed from the outlet at any time. Be sure to allow enough space around the power outlet.

3. The mains inlet has a built-in fuse T10AH 250V. ­ The Tcharacteristic of this 10 A fuse refers to how rapidly it responds to various current overloads. This is a slow-acting fuse (Timelag) that has additional thermal inertia, designed to tolerate normal initial or start-up overload pulses. ­ The Hcharacteristic of this 10 A fuse refers to being a High breaking fuse type.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
!
11.5.4

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 123
­ Because the fuse is only connected in line with one of the mains conductors (L or N), never use the fuse as a means to interrupt the mains in case of service. Pull out the C13connector of the power cord to disconnect the mains.
Caution! Only replace with a fuse of the same type, certified for IEC 60217 or UL 248.

Amplifier power supply
The multifunction power supply has three independent 48 VDC outputs to supply power to three PRAESENSA 600 W power amplifiers. Each output has dual A/B connectors for connection and cable redundancy. This is especially useful when the amplifiers and the power supply are not in the same rack and the power supply cable is accessible or vulnerable. It is recommended to always use both connections.

3
5.5

2
5.5
1
5.5

B
++

(AD60x)
Connection procedure 1. The power supply interconnection wiring and ferrules are delivered with the amplifier.
­ The power supply terminal plugs (B) are delivered with the multifunction power supply.
2. Follow the power supply cable assembly instructions as provided for the amplifiers. ­ Observe polarity.
3. Insert the power supply terminal plugs of the interconnection cables into the A/B sockets of one of the three 48 VDC outputs. ­ It is good practice to connect output A of the power supply to input A of the amplifier and the same for B. Cross coupling is allowed, but may be confusing in case of fault finding.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

124 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

PRAESENSA

!
11.5.5

Caution! For compliance to UL 623681 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 623681 the power supply wiring must be Class 1 wiring (CL1); this requirement does not apply for compliance to EN/IEC 623681.
Lifeline
The lifeline is an optional cable connection between a PRAESENSA amplifier and a PRAESENSA multifunction power supply. This interconnections serves multiple functions: ­ The multifunction power supply provides the audio signal of the highest priority
emergency call as a balanced line level analog signal on the lifeline connector (pins 5 and 6). This signal is a backup audio signal for the connected amplifier in case its network interface or both network links would fail. The emergency call will then be distributed to all connected loudspeakers at maximum volume and without equalization or audio delay. The lifeline signal goes straight to the spare amplifier channel to drive all zones in parallel. This line is supervised by the multifunction power supply. ­ The multifunction power supply sends information (pin 1) to the connected amplifier about the availability of mains power. In case mains power fails and power is provided from the battery, this signal sets the amplifier in backup power mode to disable all amplifier channels that are not needed to make calls with a priority above the configured priority level for the backup power mode. When no high priority calls are being made via this amplifier, it informs the multifunction power supply (pin 2) to switch off the 48 V converters to minimize battery power consumption even more. The power supplies and the amplifier channels go to snooze mode and wake up every 90 seconds briefly to perform the required supervision actions for timely fault reporting. ­ The multifunction power supply provides the battery or charger voltage, in the range of 12 to 18 V, to the amplifier directly (pins 3 and 4) to supply power to the amplifier's network interface while the 48 V power supplies are switched off.

3

2

1

C
123456

(AD60x) To complete the lifeline interconnection follow the procedure below:

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
! i

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 125
1. The 6pole cable and connector for the amplifier are delivered with the amplifier. For lifeline assembly instructions, refer to the following sections: Lifeline, page 75 and/or Lifeline, page 92.
2. The 6pole connector (C) for the multifunction power supply is delivered with the power supply.
3. Mount the connector (C) to the cable, following the same wire order as for the amplifier side, the cable should be reversible.
4. Insert the connector (C) into the lifeline socket of the multifunction power supply, using the socket next to the 48 V outputs that go to the same amplifier.
Caution! For compliance to UL 62368-1 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1 the lifeline wiring must be Class 1 wiring (CL1); this requirement does not apply for compliance to EN/IEC 62368-1.
Notice! Each pair of 48 V outputs A/B and the lifeline next to it belong to each other and are always connected to the same amplifier. Keep the cables together to avoid errors that could result in no sound in case of emergencies.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

126 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

PRAESENSA

11.5.6

Power supply connection to system controller
The multifunction power supply has one 24 VDC output to supply power to a PRAESENSA system controller or to power an auxiliary device like an Ethernet switch. The output has dual A/B connectors for connection and cable redundancy. This is especially useful when the system controller and the power supply are not in the same rack and the power supply cable is accessible or vulnerable. It is recommended to always use both connections.

5.5 5.5
D
++

(SCx)

Connection procedure: 1. The power supply interconnection wiring and ferrules are delivered with the system
controller. The power supply terminal plugs (D) are delivered with the multifunction power supply. 2. Follow the power supply cable assembly instructions as provided for the system controller. ­ Observe polarity. 3. Insert the power supply terminal plugs (D) of the interconnection cables into the A/B sockets of the 24 VDC output. ­ It is good practice to connect output A of the power supply to input A of the
amplifier and the same for B. Cross coupling is allowed, but may be confusing in case of fault finding.

Caution!

!

For compliance to UL 623681 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 623681 the power supply wiring must

be Class 1 wiring (CL1); this requirement does not apply for compliance to EN/IEC 623681.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
i

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 127
Notice! The power connections from the 24 V output may not be longer than 3 m.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

128 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

PRAESENSA

11.5.7

Power over Ethernet
The multifunction power supply has an integrated Ethernet switch with 6 external ports. Ports 1 and 2 provide Power over Ethernet (PoE), next to OMNEO and other Ethernet data, present on the network. These ports can be used to connect one or two call stations, or other devices that are powered via PoE. Each port is capable of providing enough power for a call station with four extensions, which is the maximum. A PRAESENSA call station has two Ethernet ports and can be connected with two cables for fail safe cable redundancy. It is also possible to connect a call station to two separate multifunction power supplies for additional protection against failure of its Ethernet switch. Ports 3 to 5 cannot be used for PoE powering.

5.5 5.5

(CSLx)
PoE devices can simply be connected using shielded GbEthernet cables (preferably CAT6A F/ UTP) with RJ45 connectors. All PRAESENSA devices support Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) to enable the use of multiple connections simultaneously for cable redundancy, e.g. to daisychain devices in a loop, with a maximum of 21 devices in a loop.

11.5.8

Ethernet network
The multifunction power supply has six Ethernet connection ports with a builtin Ethernet switch, supporting RSTP. Follow the procedure below to connect the device to a network and other system devices. The network must be set up in such a way that the multifunction power supply can be discovered and reached by the system controller. Configuration of the multifunction power supply is done via the system controller. For configuration, the device is identified by its hostname, which is printed on the product label on the rear side of the device. The format of the hostname is the type number of the device without the dash, followed by a dash and then the last 6 hexadecimal digits of its MACaddress. Configuration is described in the PRAESENSA configuration manual.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
5.5 5.5

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 129

1. Connect at least one of the ports to the network, so that it can be discovered by the system controller to make it part of the system.
2. The other ports can be used for a loopthrough connection to a next device. Devices can just be daisychained or be connected in a loop, in which case the system can recover from a broken link.
3. The availability of a multiport switch makes the multifunction power supply an ideal device for decentralized system clusters that are interconnected to create a large system. One or more of these multifunction power supplies in cluster can be easily interconnected to other clusters, while the remaining ports are used to connect loops of other devices in that cluster.
4. Port 6 is an SFP socket for a Small Form-factor Pluggable module. This allows for a long distance connection using glass fiber to the next cluster. In case two glass fiber connections are needed, e.g. to make the devices in the cluster part of a long distance fiber ring, at least two fiber ports are needed from two multifunction power supplies, or from a standalone network switch with two SFP sockets, or a combination of these.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

130 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)
5.5
5.5
1 2
PRA-SFPxX
PRA-SFPSX: < 550 m PRA-SFPLX: < 10 km

PRAESENSA

!
11.5.9

Caution! Risk of eye injury. When inspecting a connector, ensure that light sources are off. The light source in fiber optic cables may cause eye injury. SX and LX fiber connections use invisible IR light.
Control inputs
The multifunction power supply provides eight control inputs on a 16pole connector. The control inputs can be configured independently for various actions, with activation on closing a contact or opening a contact, and with or without interconnection supervision. See the PRAESENSA configuration manual for all options. In case no interconnection supervision is configured, just use a switch or a relay output from another system for activation. If a control input is used for activation of emergency calls, interconnection supervision is needed to generate a fault warning in case of an open or shorted circuit. In that case two resistors with value 10 kohm (0.25 W) must be connected between the cable and the switch. The resistors are connected in such a way that the control input sees 20 kohm for an open contact and 10 kohm for a closed contact. In case of a cable interruption, the control input sees a very high resistance. In case of a cable shortcircuit, the control input sees a very low resistance. A very high or very low resistance will be interpreted as a fault condition.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 131

5.5
5.5
E
1-8 12 34

10 k

10 k

i
11.5.10

Connection procedure, with and without supervision 1. Use a 2wire cable, proper for the installation, and the 16pole terminal plug (E) delivered
with the device. 2. Insert the near end wires of the cable into the appropriate slots of terminal plug (E),
preferably using crimped on wire ferrules that fit to the wire gauge used. ­ Use a flat blade screw driver to tighten each connection. 3. No supervision: connect the other side of the cable to the activation switch or voltage free relay contact. 4. With supervision: connect the other side of the cable to the combination of activation switch and two 10 kohm supervision resistors. One resistor is in series with the switch and one resistor is in parallel with the switch.
Notice! Do not use any terminal in common with other control input terminals.
Control outputs
The multifunction power supply provides eight control outputs on two 12pole connectors. The control outputs use an SPDT (Single Pole Double Throw) relay for each output, providing an NC (Normally Closed) and an NO (Normally Open) contact. The control outputs can be configured independently for various actions. Make sure not to exceed the maximum contact rating. Refer to the "Control output contact rating" graphic below.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

132 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

PRAESENSA

5.5

5.5

F

1-4

5-8

2 3 4 56

11.5.11
11.6

Connection procedure: 1. Use a 2wire or 3wire cable, proper for the installation and application, and one of the
12pole terminal plugs delivered with the device. 2. Insert the near end wires of the cable into the appropriate slots of terminal plug (F),
preferably using crimped on wire ferrules that fit to the wire gauge used. ­ Use a flat blade screw driver to tighten each connection. 3. Connect the other side of the cable to the application to be activated.

Reset to factory default
The reset switch resets the device to its factory default settings. This function is only to be used in case a secured device is removed from a system to become part of another system. See Device status and reset, page 55.
Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Europe

EN 5416 EN 544

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 133

Emergency standard certifications

International

ISO 724016 ISO 72404

Maritime applications

DNV GL Type Approval

Emergency standard compliance

Europe

EN 50849

UK

BS 5839-8

Regulatory areas Safety Immunity Emissions
Environment Railway applications

EN/IEC/CSA/UL 623681
EN 55024 EN 551032 (E1, E2, E3) EN 501304
EN 55032 EN 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-3 EN 6100063 ICES003 ANSI C63.4 FCC47 part 15B class A
EN 50581
EN 501214

Conformity declarations Europe Australia Morocco Russian Federation South Korea United Arabic Emirates

CE/CPR RCM CMIM EAC KCC CoC Civil Defense

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

134 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)

PRAESENSA

11.7

Technical data
Electrical
Power transfer
Mains power supply input Input voltage range Input voltage tolerance Frequency range Inrush current Power factor (PF) Leakage current to safety ground
Battery power supply input Nominal DC input voltage DC input voltage tolerance Maximum current Under-voltage protection
Battery charger Nominal charging current Nominal float voltage Float voltage control Temperature sensor NTC Charging temperature range
48 VDC outputs (13) Nominal DC output voltage Maximum continuous current Maximum peak current
24 VDC output Nominal DC output voltage Maximum continuous current Maximum peak current
Lifeline DC outputs (13), only when 48 VDC outputs (1-3) are off
Nominal DC output voltage Maximum continuous current Maximum peak current
Power over Ethernet (PoE 12) Nominal DC output voltage Standard Maximum PD load
Power consumption Mains powered Active mode, all outputs loaded Battery powered Unloaded

120 -- 240 VRMS 108 -- 264 VRMS 50 -- 60 Hz < 20 A 0.9 -- 1.0 < 0.75 mA (120 V), < 1.5 mA (240 V)
12.6 V 9 -- 15 V 90 A < 9 V
8.5 A 13.5 V -21.9 mV/°C 10 kohm /  = 3984 K -15 -- 50 °C
48 V 5.5 A 7.0 A
24 V 0.7 A 0.9 A
18 V 0.7 A 1.0 A
48 V IEEE 802.3af Type 1 12.95 W
<1150 W
5.2 W

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 135

Power transfer
Active mode, all outputs loaded Per active port Per active SFP port
Lifeline / power save interface Audio level (100 V / 70 V mode) Frequency response (+0 / -3 dB) Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)

<1000 W 0.4 W 0.7 W
0 dBV / -6 dBV 200 Hz -- 15 kHz 90 dBA

Information related to EN 54-4:1997 / ISO 7240-4:2017 / AS 7240.4:2018

Maximum battery capacity

230 Ah

Lowest discharge voltage

9 V

Continuous output current (I max. a / I max. b / I min.)
48 VDC outputs (1-3) 24 VDC output PoE output (1-2) Lifeline DC outputs (1-3)

5.5 A / 5.5 A / 0 A 0.7 A / 0.7 A / 0 A 0.3 A / 0.3 A / 0 A 0.7 A / 0.7 A / 0 A

Continuous output power (P max. a / P max. b / P min.)
48 VDC outputs (1-3) 24 VDC output PoE output (1-2) Lifeline DC outputs (1-3)

264 W / 264 W / 0 W 16.8 W / 16.8 W / 0 W 15.4 W / 15.4 W / 0 W 12.6 W / 12.6 W / 0 W

Output voltage range 48 VDC outputs (1-3) 24 VDC output PoE output (1-2) Lifeline DC outputs (1-3)

46 -- 50 V 23 -- 25 V 44 -- 57 V 9 -- 18 V

Maximum impedance of battery circuit 230 Ah battery 180 Ah battery 140 Ah battery 100 Ah battery

7.1 mohm 8.6 mohm 9.8 mohm 11.0 mohm

Control interface
Control input contacts (1-8) Principle Galvanic isolation Supervision
Contact closed Contact open Cable fault detection Minimum hold time Maximum voltage to ground

Contact closure No Resistance measurement 8 -- 12 kohm 18 -- 22 kohm <2.5 kohm / >50 kohm 100 ms 24 V

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

136 en | Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)
Control interface Control output contacts (1-8)
Principle
Galvanic isolation Maximum contact voltage Maximum contact current Maximum voltage to ground
Supervision Battery
Power supplies
Lifeline connection Control input connections Temperature Fan Controller continuity Network interface
Network interface Ethernet
Protocol Redundancy Audio/control protocol Network audio latency Audio data encryption Control data security
Ports RJ45 SFP
Reliability MTBF (extrapolated from calculated MTBF of PRAAD608)

PRAESENSA
Contact switch over (Relay SPDT) Yes 110 VDC, 125 VAC 1 A 500 V
Disconnect Short circuit Charging state Impedance Converter voltages Output voltages Impedance Open / short Per section Rotation speed Watchdog Link presence
100BASETX, 1000BASET TCP/IP RSTP OMNEO 10 ms AES128 TLS
5 (2 with PoE) 1
350,000 h

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Environmental Climatic conditions Temperature
Operating
Storage and transport
Humidity (non condensing) Air pressure (operating) Altitude (operating)
Vibration (operating) Amplitude Acceleration
Bump (transport)
Airflow Fan airflow Fan noise
Idle condition, 1 m distance Rated power, 1 m distance Mechanical Enclosure Dimensions (HxWxD) With mounting brackets
Rack unit Ingress protection Case
Material Color Frame Material Color Weight

Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3) | en 137
-5 -- 50 °C (23 -- 122 °F) -30 -- 70 °C (-22 -- 158 °F) 5 -- 95% 560 -- 1070 hPa -500 -- 5000 m (-1640 -- 16404 ft)
< 0.7 mm < 2 G < 10 G
Front to sides/rear
< 30 dBSPLA < 53 dBSPLA
88 x 483 x 400 mm (3.5 x 19 x 15.7 in) 19 in, 2U IP30
Steel RAL9017
Zamak RAL9022HR 11.8 kg (26 lb)

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

138 en | Ambient noise sensor (ANS)

12

Ambient noise sensor (ANS)

PRAESENSA

12.1 12.2

Introduction
The PRA-ANS is an ambient noise sensor to monitor changing ambient noise levels for automatic adjustment of announcement or background music levels (AVC - Automatic Volume Control). This ensures the public address audio is set at a configurable level above the ambient noise in order to guarantee intelligibility of announcements, yet at a comfortable loudness.
Functions
IPnetwork connection ­ Direct connection to the IPnetwork. One shielded CAT5e cable is sufficient for Power
over Ethernet and data exchange. ­ The ambient noise sensor communicates ambient noise level data directly to the system
controller. The system controller adjusts the output level of the involved amplifier channels accordingly. ­ Because only level information is exchanged and no audio data, the occupied network bandwidth for this function is minimized and there is no risk of audio eavesdropping.
Operation ­ The ambient noise level is measured using an accurate omni-directional MEMS
microphone. An integrated DSP allows for frequency response adjustments for optimum tracking of disturbing noise signals and/or minimizing the influence of non-disturbing outof-band signals. ­ Up to four sensors can operate together to cover a large area; the ambient noise level information of these sensors is combined. ­ Fail-safe operation: upon failure or disconnection of the device, the announcement volume of the subscribing amplifier channels is automatically set to its maximum within the applicable control range. ­ The device uses two modes for operation: ­ The sample-and-hold mode is used for live speech calls and playback of prerecorded
messages. The noise level is sampled and the last level information is hold and used during the call, not affected by the sound of the call itself and its associated reverberation and echoes. ­ The tracking mode is used for background music. The noise level is tracked and the volume of the background music is continuously adapted. Because in this mode the ambient noise level is `polluted' by the sound from the PA system itself, in this mode the ambient noise sensor must be mounted close to the expected noise location and away from the PA-loudspeakers to prevent volume runaway. ­ Front side LEDs show the operational status.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
12.3 12.4

Ambient noise sensor (ANS) | en 139

Installation ­ The ambient noise sensor operates in a wide temperature range and with a wide range of
ambient noise levels, fitting most applications and environments. ­ A back box is included for mounting on solid ceilings and walls. Cable entry from side or
rear. ­ Without back box, the sensor can be flush mounted in hollow walls or suspended ceilings. ­ Water resistant (IP54), with and without back box, for indoor and sheltered outdoor use. ­ Sealed cable gland for cable entry. ­ Comes with a black and a white front cover for unobtrusive installation.
Functional diagram

Functional and connection diagram

Internal device functions

MEMS microphone

Audio processing (DSP) PoE
Controller

Power over Ethernet

Indicators and connections

Frontside indicator

Power on Device in identification mode

Green Green blinking

Frontside control (behind front cover)

Device reset (to factory Button default)

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

Device fault present

Yellow

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

140 en | Ambient noise sensor (ANS)

PRAESENSA

Rearside interconnection Network port (PoE PD)

P-clamp for recommended safety cable

12.5
12.5.1

Installation
The Ambient noise sensor is designed to be installed (flush or surface) on a wall or on a ceiling. The installation instructions in the following sections apply to both wall or ceiling.

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:

Quantity

Component

1

Sensor base unit with front gasket

1

Back box

1

Connection cap with sealing gasket

1

Cable gland, 16 mm

1

Front cover black

1

Front cover white

5

Screws 3 x 12 mm, TX10

3

Wood screws 3 x 30 mm, TX10

1

Quick Installation Guide

1

Safety information

No tools or Ethernet cables are provided with the device.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Ambient noise sensor (ANS) | en 141

Parts check and identification
x1 x1 x1 x2

A Back box B Sealing gasket C Sensor base unit D Front cover (black and white) E Cable gland, 16 mm F Connection cap G Sealing gasket H Wood screws 3 x 30 mm, TX10 I Plugs 5 x 25 mm J Screws 3 x 12 mm, TX10

G

x1

x1

x1

H x3

x3

x5

12.5.2 12.5.3

Power over Ethernet
The Ambient noise sensor is a PoE Powered Device (PD) with one PoE Ethernet connection port. It provides the correct signature and classification to the power sourcing equipment (PSE), so that a PSE sources the right amount of power to a PD over the Ethernet cables. For best availability, connect the port to a PSE with battery backup power, such as the Ethernet ports 1 or 2 of the multifunction power supply PRA-MPS3. It is also possible to connect to one of the ports 1 - 8 of the Ethernet switch PRA-ES8P2S. Since the PRA-ANS only has one Ethernet port, it is impossible to make a loopthrough connection to another device.
Ethernet network
The network must be set up so that the system controller can discover and reach the ambient noise sensor for configuration. The sensor is identified by its hostname, which is printed on the product label on the rear of the device. The format of the hostname is the type number of the device without the dash, followed by a dash and then the last 6 hexadecimal digits of its MAC address. The configuration is described in the PRAESENSA Configuration manual.

Connect the amplifier to the network using shielded Gb-Ethernet cables (preferably CAT6A F/ UTP) with RJ45 connectors. When the noise sensor needs to be water resistant (IP54), the network cable must be pulled through the supplied cable gland. In that case, the RJ45 connector must be installed in the field.

12.5.4

Positioning of ambient noise sensors
The PRA-ANS ambient noise sensor measures the noise level in a zone and communicates the noise level data directly to the system controller. The system controller adjusts the output level of the involved amplifier channels accordingly. For good coverage of a zone, mount the noise sensor in the reverberant field of the most important noise sources. Otherwise, the correlation between the measured noise level and the noise level the audience experiences

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

142 en | Ambient noise sensor (ANS)

PRAESENSA

12.5.5 12.5.6

will depend highly on the location of the noise source. In many cases a location near the ceiling or high on a wall is better. When AVC is also used for background music, the noise sensor should not be near the loudspeakers.
Large spaces with a relatively short reverberation time might need more than one sensor to sense the ambient noise level accurately. A zone may contain up to four noise sensors. The sensor with the highest measured noise level, after offset correction, will determine the AVC adjustment.
Water resistance
The ambient noise sensor can be installed indoors and, with some precautions, also outdoors. The sensor must be sheltered to protect it from direct sunlight to prevent overheating, but also from snow and ice to prevent that sound cannot reach the microphone. When the cable gland is used for the network cable entry, the enclosure is water resistant. A special hydrophobic mesh that is acoustically transparent, yet water resistant, protects the front side of the noise sensor, with its microphone and indicators.
­ For flush mounting indoors (not water resistant), the RJ45 connector of the Ethernet cable can be inserted into the socket on the rear side of the base unit C. For flush mounting outdoors, where water resistance is important, the cable gland F, connection cap G, and sealing gasket H, are used to protect the RJ45 connection.
­ For surface mounting, the back box is also needed. The sealing gasket B, between the base unit and the back box, protects against the water and helps to create a solid connection between both parts. For indoor use (not water resistant), a hole for network cable entry can be punched in the center of the back box. Optionally, a hole can be drilled in the rear side or on one of the six flat sides, depending on where the cable is coming from. For mounting outdoors, cable gland F is used on the back box (not on the base unit) to keep the water out. Detailed mounting descriptions follow in the next sections.
When the Ethernet cable enters via a correctly tightened cable gland and the front cover of the device is installed, the device is protected against splashes of water from every angle. This matches protection according to IP54 and NEMA 3. However, these standards prescribe that no protecting parts of the product can be removed without tools, which is not the case for the replaceable twist-locked front cover of the PRA-ANS. In practice, ambient noise sensors will be mounted where the public cannot access the devices and remove the front cover.
Front cover and logo orientation
The sensor comes with black and a white front cover. Typically, a black front cover is also used in combination with the back box. In the case of flush mounting, only the front cover will be visible, with the white front cover allowing the sensor to be unobtrusively mounted in a white wall or ceiling.
The logo on the front cover aligns with the line through the left mounting screw, the LEDs, and the Reset-key. As such, when the sensor is mounted on a wall and the logo needs to be horizontally aligned, make sure the base unit is oriented accordingly. If the back box is used, the position of the logo always corresponds to one of corners of the hexagonal back box, not with one the flat sides.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Ambient noise sensor (ANS) | en 143

12.5.7

Flush mounting outdoors

98mm

1

2

E 3
F
4
T-568A T-568B
0.3 Nm
6 5

7

G

8

0.7 Nm
9

T10

J

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

0.8 Nm
10

98mm

2.4 mm

5 mm 25 mm

11

12

H

x1

T10
0.7 Nm Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

144 en | Ambient noise sensor (ANS)

PRAESENSA

12.5.8

To flush mount in a hollow wall or ceiling (outdoors) do the following: 1. To prepare, make a 98 mm (3.9 in.) hole, using a hole saw, and thread an open-ended
shielded Ethernet cable (preferably CAT6A F/UTP) through the hole. 2. Set the sealing gasket B on the sensor base unit C with the rim towards the front. 3. Pull the Ethernet cable through cable gland E and connection cap F. 4. Install a short RJ45 connector to the Ethernet cable.
­ Use termination standard T-568A or T-568B, according to the local standard. 5. Insert the cable gland into the connection cap and push the gland until it snaps into
place. 6. Rotate the bottom large nut counter-clockwise to fix the cable gland to the connection
cap with a 22 mm wrench and 0.3 Nm torque. 7. Set the sealing gasket G around the RJ45 network socket on the rear of the device. 8. Insert the RJ45 connector into the network socket. 9. Use two screws J to attach the connection cap to the device. 10. Rotate the top small nut of the cable gland clockwise to secure and seal the cable with a
19 mm wrench and 0.8 Nm torque, while holding the mounting nut with the 22 mm wrench. ­ It is recommended to attach a safety cable with split ring or spring snap to the P-
clamp on the rear of the base unit to prevent the device from falling during or after installation. 11. Use the screws H into the slotted holes of the base unit C to mount the device on a flat wooden surface. ­ For hard materials like stone or concrete, use also the plugs I. For other surfaces, use appropriate fixing materials. 12. Rotate the front cover D clockwise until it clicks into place to attach it.
Surface mounting outdoors

2J

3

4

1

B

E

5

16.2 mm 16.2mm 22mm

A

x3
T10

5mm

0.3 Nm
6

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

7

T-568A

T-568B

0.8 Nm

8

9

~100 mm

Ambient noise sensor (ANS) | en 145

2.4 mm

5 mm 25 mm

10

12

13

3.5 mm

11 H
x3
IP65

10 mm

14
T10 0.7 Nm

15
x1

To surface mount on a wall or ceiling (outdoors), do the following: 1. Knock out the smaller center hole of the back box (diameter 16.2 mm), using a hammer
and flat blade screwdriver in the inner groove. ­ If the cable entry should not be on the rear but on one of the six flat sides, drill a
hole of 16.2 mm in one of the sides. 2. Screw three screws J in the back, but not completely. 3. Set the sealing gasket B over the screw heads on the back box A, with the rim towards
the front. 4. Thread the Ethernet cable through cable gland E. 5. Insert the cable gland into the back box and push the gland until it snaps into place. 6. Rotate the bottom large nut counter-clockwise to fix the cable gland to the back box with
a 22 mm wrench and 0.3 Nm torque. 7. Install a short RJ45 connector to the Ethernet cable.
­ Use termination standard T-568A or T-568B, according to the local standard. 8. Pull the cable 100 mm inside the back box.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

146 en | Ambient noise sensor (ANS)

PRAESENSA

12.5.9 12.5.10
12.6

9. Rotate the top small nut of the cable gland clockwise to secure and seal the cable with a 19 mm wrench and 0.8 Nm torque, while holding the mounting nut with the 22 mm wrench.
10. Drill mounting holes in the back box and use these as guide to drill matching holes in wall or ceiling. ­ If needed, take into account the alignment of the Bosch logo on the front cover before drilling the holes in a wall or the ceiling. Refer to Front cover and logo orientation, page 142.
11. Mount the device on a flat wooden surface using the screws H. ­ Before tightening the screws, use kit to seal the screw holes against water. ­ For hard materials like stone or concrete, use also the plugs I. For other surfaces, use appropriate fixing materials.
12. Insert the RJ45 connector into the network socket of the base unit. 13. Fasten the base unit to the back box by pushing it over the three screws already in the
back box. 14. Rotate clockwise and tighten the screws. 15. Rotate the front cover D clockwise until it clicks into place to attach it.

Mounting indoors
For mounting indoors, follow the same steps as for mounting outdoors, except that the use of the cable gland F, connection cap G and sealing gasket H are optional. When these are not used, a pre-assembled network cable can be used.

Reset to factory default
The reset behind the front cover resets the device to its factory default settings. This function should only be used if a secured device is removed from a system to become part of another system. See Device status and reset, page 55.
Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Europe

EN 5416

International

ISO 724016

Regulatory areas Immunity
Emissions
Environment Plenum rating Railway applications

EN 55024 EN 551032 (E1, E2, E3) EN 501304
EN 55032 EN 6100063 ICES003 ANSI C63.4 FCC47 part 15B class A
EN/IEC 63000
UL 2043
EN 501214

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

12.7

Conformity declarations Europe South Korea

CE/CPR KCC

Technical data
Electrical

Microphone Ambient noise capture range Frequency range Frequency response, +/-2dB Sensitivity tolerance, pink noise 50 Hz -- 10 kHz Directivity

Power transfer Power over Ethernet Power consumption Nominal input voltage Input voltage tolerance

Supervision Controller continuity Network interface

Network interface Ethernet speed Ethernet protocol Control protocol Control data security Ports

Reliability
MTBF (extrapolated from calculated MTBF of PRAAD608)

Climatic conditions Temperature, operating Temperature, power up Temperature, storage and transport Humidity

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

Ambient noise sensor (ANS) | en 147
50 -- 100 dBSPL 50 Hz -- 10 kHz 100 Hz -- 5.5 kHz < 2 dB Omnidirectional
PoE IEEE 802.3af Type 1 1.6 W 48 VDC 37 -- 57 VDC
Watchdog Link presence
100BASETX, 1000BASET TCP/IP OMNEO (AES70) TLS 1
3,000,000 h
-25 -- 55 °C (-13 -- 131 ºF) -5 -- 55 °C (23 -- 131 ºF) -30 -- 70 °C (-22 -- 158 ºF) 5 -- 100 %
2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

148 en | Ambient noise sensor (ANS)
Climatic conditions Air pressure Altitude, operating
Vibration amplitude, operating Vibration acceleration, operating Bump, transport Enclosure Dimensions device (xH) Dimensions device with back box (xH) Dimensions device front cover (xH) Ingress protection Material enclosure Color enclosure Color front cover Weight

PRAESENSA
560 -- 1070 hPa -500 -- 5000 m (-1640 -- 16404 ft) < 0.7 mm < 2 G < 10 G
131 x 35 mm (5.2 x 1.4 in) 131 x 71 mm (5.2 x 2.8 in) 131 x 10 mm (5.2 x 0.4 in) IP54 (with mounted front cover) Plastic (PC/ABS - UL945VA) RAL9017 RAL9017 and RAL9003 0.4 kg (0.88 lb)

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
13

LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW)

LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW) | en 149

13.1 13.2

PRA-CSLD

PRA-CSLW

Introduction
This call station for use in PRAESENSA Public Address and Voice Alarm systems is easy to install and intuitive to operate because of its touch screen LCD, providing clear user feedback about setting up a call and monitoring its progress, or controlling back ground music. The call station allows for positioning without much effort, because it only requires a connection to an OMNEO IPnetwork with Power over Ethernet (PoE) for communication and power supply combined. The housing is fit for surface mounting and flush mounting. It can be configured for use as business call station, but also as emergency call station. The stylish design incorporates a supervised microphone, an internal monitor loudspeaker and a socket to insert a local audio source for background music. The 4.3" highresolution fullcolor capacitive touch screen gives the operator optimum control and feedback at all times. Every call station must have at least one PRA-CSE call station extension for zone selection, with a maximum of four extensions.
Functions
IPnetwork connection ­ Direct connection to the IPnetwork. One shielded CAT5e cable is sufficient for Power
over Ethernet, audio and control. ­ For dual redundancy of network and power connection, a second shielded CAT5e cable
can be connected. ­ Integrated network switch with two OMNEO ports allows for loop-through connections to
adjacent devices (at least one must provide PoE). Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) is supported to enable recovery from failing network links.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

150 en | LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW)

PRAESENSA

13.3

Business operation ­ Full color 4.3" capacitive touch screen with intuitive function menu navigation provides
guidance and feedback during the process of live announcements, prerecorded messages and music control. Successful broadcast of announcements/messages and changes to the background music settings are clearly indicated. ­ Builtin monitor loudspeaker with volume control. ­ Local audio line input (with stereo to mono conversion) for connecting an external audio source. The audio channel will be available on the network and can be played in any loudspeaker zone. ­ Connection of up to four PRA-CSE extensions, each with twelve buttons. The buttons can be configured for various functions, but they are especially useful for zone selection, giving a clear overview of accessible zones and the LED indicators for each button show the status of the respective zone (like being selected, occupied or at fault). ­ If the call station is not used for a while, it will switch to sleep mode to save energy. It will immediately wake up when the screen, or a button, is touched. Only valid for the PRA-CSLD ­ Presstotalk button gives tactile feedback and is recessed to prevent accidental use. Only valid for the PRA-CSLW ­ Presstotalk switch on handheld microphone.
Emergency operation ­ The call station fully complies to the standards for voice alarm applications when the
firemen's user interface is configured and at least one PRA-CSE is connected to it. ­ All critical alarm functions are accessible via buttons for operators wearing gloves. The
4.3" screen gives feedback on the system status. ­ Each of the two RJ45 network connectors accept PoE to power the call station. This
provides failsafe network connection redundancy, as one connection is sufficient for full operation. ­ Supervision of all critical elements; the audio path is supervised, as well as the communication to the network.
Functional diagram

Functional and connection diagram

Internal device functions

Fixed microphone on a flexible stem
Internal monitor loudspeaker

Audio processing (DSP) Power over Ethernet

OMNEO network switch

Controller

Press-To-Talk button

PRA-CSLD

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

1
PoE
2

4.3"

LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW) | en 151
Fixed handheld microphone with PressToTalk or Start/Stop switch Call status LED ring

13.4

PRA-CSLW
Indicators and connections

PRA-CSLD

PRA-CSLW

Top-side indicators

Power on Device in identification mode

Green Green blinking

PRA-CSLD Status business call Microphone active Chime/message active

Green Green blinking

Status emergency call Microphone active Alarm tone/message active

Red Red blinking

System fault present Yellow
4.3" fullcolor capacitive LCD touch screen

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

152 en | LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW)

PRAESENSA

PRA-CSLW Status business call Microphone active Chime/message active

Green Green blinking

Identification mode / Indicator test

All LED's blink

Status emergency call Microphone active Alarm tone/message active

Red Red blinking

The brightness adjustment of the LEDs and LCD backlight is only supported on devices with HW version 01/01 and higher.

Top-side controls

Press-To-Talk
Fixed handheld Press-To-Talk

Button
Microphone Switch

4.3" fullcolor capacitive LCD touch screen

Bottom-side indicators and controls

100 Mbps network 1-2 Yellow

1 Gbps network1-2

Green

Bottom-side and side interconnections

Network port 1-2 (PoE PD)

PRA-CSE interconnection

Device reset (to factory Button default)
Local source audio line input

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
13.5
i
13.5.1

LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW) | en 153
Installation
The call station is designed to be installed on a desktop (PRA-CSLD) or on a wall (PRA-CSLW) and in combination with one or more call station extensions (PRA-CSE). The following installation instructions apply to both products. Notice! In case of flush mounting, the rear or bottom must be vented. It is used as a heatsink.

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:
PRA-CSLD

Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 PRA-CSLW

Component Desktop LCD call station Bracket (attached to bottom) Connector cover (attached to bottom) Quick Installation Guide Safety information

Quantity

Component

1

Wallmount LCD call station

1

Bracket (attached to bottom)

1

Connector cover (attached to bottom)

1

Microphone clip

1

Quick Installation Guide

1

Safety information

No tools or Ethernet cables are provided with the device. Parts check and identification

A Desktop/wallmount LCD call station
A1 Handheld microphone clip
A2 Microphone clip connection screws

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

154 en | LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW)

PRAESENSA

13.5.2 13.5.3

Interconnection call station / extension
Every call station must have at least one PRA-CSE call station extension for zone selection, with a maximum of four extensions. A call station (A) will automatically assign a connected extension (B) to itself and number the extensions in succession. Manual addressing is not needed and not possible. The system will supervise that a configured extension remains connected to its call station. Refer to: Extension connected to a call station, page 167.
Power over Ethernet
The call station has two Ethernet connection ports with a builtin Ethernet switch, supporting RSTP. The call station is an PoE Powered Device (PD). It provides the correct signature and classification to power sourcing equipment (PSE), so that a PSE sources the right amount of power to a PD over the Ethernet cables. Although it is sufficient to provide PoE power to only one port, both Ethernet ports take PoE power for cable redundancy and supply redundancy. For best availability it is advised to connect each port to a different, independent PSE, such as a PRA-MPS3 multifunction power supply (ports 1 and 2) or a PRA-ES8P2S Ethernet switch (ports 18). In case one of the connections fail, or one of the PSE sources fail, the operation of the call station is not affected. With both connections to the same PSE, there is still connection redundancy but no PSE redundancy. The ports of the call station can be looped through to another PRAESENSA device, but at least one port must be connected to a PSE to power the call station and its extensions. With only one port connected to a PSE, there is no connection redundancy. The call station ports cannot source PoE power to subsequent devices, such as another call station.
To connect the call station, follow the procedure below: 1. Remove the cable cover at the bottom of the call station using a TX10 screwdriver.
­ Get access to the two screws via the holes in the table stand bracket. 2. Use one or two shielded GbEthernet cables (preferably CAT6A F/UTP) with RJ45
connectors to connect the call station to a PSE port, with PoE enabled. 3. Put back the cable cover with the two TX10 screws.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW) | en 155

13.5.4

Ethernet network
The network must be set up in such a way that the call station can be discovered and reached by the system controller. Configuration of the call station and its extensions is done via the system controller. For configuration, the call station is identified by its hostname, which is printed on the product label on the bottom of the device. The format of the hostname is the type number of the device without the dash, followed by a dash and then the last 6 hexadecimal digits of its MACaddress. Configuration is described in the PRAESENSA configuration manual.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

156 en | LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW)

PRAESENSA

13.5.5

Line input
On the left side of the call station is a 3.5 mm stereo socket. This is an input for a background music source, such as a dedicated audio player, smartphone or PC. The stereo signal is converted to mono for further distribution in the system. This input needs to be configured in the system for this function, to link it to a background music channel that is available for playback in one or more system zones. This input is not supervised, unplugging the cable to the audio player will not be reported as a fault.

Notice!

When music is played from a PC that is connected to a grounded mains supply, there is a risk

of hum being inserted into the music input of the call station. This is caused by unequal

ground potentials of the different mains supplies. Use a cable with integrated transformers

for ground loop isolation to prevent such hum. See picture below of an example ground loop

i

isolator cable.

Notice!

i

For compliance to DNV GL type approval, the line input must not be used. By connecting a cable to this input the radiated emission of the device would exceed the limit for the maritime

radio band.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
13.5.6

LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW) | en 157
Call station microphone frequency response
PRA-CSLW (Handheld) The typical frequency response of the PRA-CSLW call station microphone is shown in the next diagram (black), together with the boundaries according to EN 5416, clause 13.12.3 (red). The frequency response has been measured at a distance of 10 cm (4 in) with 1/6th octave smoothing. It rolls off rapidly below 1 kHz to cancel environmental noise. But this might result in a lack of body of the voice sound.

In environments that are not extremely noisy, the sound can be improved by applying parametric equalization on this call station, lifting the frequency band between 300 Hz and 1 kHz as shown in the next diagram. This makes the frequency response more flat between 300 Hz and 6 kHz. A lowcut filter below 300 Hz helps to improve speech intelligibility. See the PRAESENSA configuration manual for details on how to get to the audio options in the configuration.

PRA-CSLD The typical frequency response of the PRA-CSLD call station microphone is shown in the next diagram (black), together with the boundaries according to EN 5416, clause 13.12.3 (red). The frequency response has been measured at a distance of 20 cm (8 in) with 1/6th octave smoothing.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

158 en | LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW)

PRAESENSA

13.5.7

Mounting
The call station and call station extension enclosures have two rear M4threaded inserts of 5 mm depth to facilitate fixing the devices to a plate for horizontal or vertical mounting on a desktop or against a wall. Use M4 bolts (metric 4 mm thread), having a length of the thickness of the mounting plate or bar plus an additional 4-5 mm. Or use M4 extension bolts (hexagonal spacer) to create more distance between the device and the mounting plate.

M4

For mounting against a wall, the mounting plate must be firmly attached to the wall using screws and wall plugs. For stone walls use screws of 4 mm diameter and 40 mm length with matching plugs; for hollow walls use hollow wall or dry wall anchors with matching screws, approximately 5 mm diameter and 50 mm length. For flush mounting, the call station and extension can be sunk into a rectangular cavity of 182 mm x 120 mm. Center distance is 130 mm between the cavities of call station and extensions. On the front and rear sides, just below the rim of the top cover, are adapter slots (size 50 mm x 3 mm, depth 3 mm) to accept a lip for positioning. These slots can also be used for fixing the call station and extensions. The desktop stand of the call station and extensions can be removed. Insert a Torx T10 screwdriver into the slot of the stand, just below the rim of the top cover, and use it as a pry bar to pry off the desktop stand on one side, and then on the other side. Be careful not to damage the rim of the top cover; use a piece of metal (for instance a metal ruler) between the rim and the screwdriver. Considerable force is needed. The stand can also be replaced by pushing it back until it snaps in place.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW) | en 159
The next illustration shows an example of a PRA-CSLW call station with two extensions PRACSE, flushmounted on a 19 in panel of 5U height. The devices are fixed on the panel by clamping strips, behind the panel, that go into the adapter slots. In this case the M4 inserts are not used and the desktop stands are removed.

!
13.5.8

Caution! The call station and its extensions are suitable for vertical mounting below 2m height.
Reset to factory default
The reset switch resets the device to its factory default settings. This function is only to be used in case a secured device is removed from a system to become part of another system. See Device status and reset, page 55.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

160 en | LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW)

13.6 13.7

Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Europe

EN 5416

International

ISO 724016

Maritime applications

DNV GL Type Approval

Emergency standard compliance

Europe

EN 50849

UK

BS 5839-8

Regulatory areas Safety Immunity
Emissions
Environment Railway applications

EN/IEC/CSA/UL 623681
EN 55024 EN 551032 (E1, E2, E3) EN 501304
EN 55032 EN 6100063 ICES003 ANSI C63.4 FCC47 part 15B class A
EN/IEC 63000
EN 501214

Conformity declarations Europe Australia Morocco Russian Federation United Arabic Emirates

CE/CPR RCM CMIM EAC CoC Civil Defense

Technical data
Electrical

Microphone (PRA-CSLD) Nominal acoustic input level (configurable) Maximum acoustic input level Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) Directivity Frequency response (+3 / -6 dB)

80 -- 100 dBSPL 120 dBSPL > 70 dBA Unidirectional
100 Hz -- 14 kHz

PRAESENSA

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Microphone (PRA-CSLW) Nominal acoustic input level (configurable) Maximum acoustic input level Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) Directivity Frequency response (+3 / -6 dB)

Display Size Touch screen Color depth Resolution Brightness
Monitor loudspeaker Maximum sound pressure level, at 1 m

Volume control
Frequency range (-10 dB)
Line input Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)
Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise (THD+N)
Power transfer Power over Ethernet (PoE 12)
Nominal DC input voltage Standard
Power consumption Call station (general use) Call station (alarm use) Per call station extension (indicators off / on)
Input voltage tolerance
Supervision (PRA-CSLD) Supervision
Microphone Audio path Controller continuity PoE (12)

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW) | en 161
85 -- 105 dBSPL 120 dBSPL > 73 dBA Unidirectional
500 Hz -- 8 kHz (noise cancelling)
4.3" Capacitive 24bit 480 x 272 px 300 cd/m2
75 dBSPL
Mute, -40 dB -- 0 dB 400 Hz -- 10 kHz
> 96 dBA < 0.1%
48 V IEEE 802.3af Type 1
4.2 W 5.4 W 0.1 W / 1.0 W 37 -- 57 VDC
Current Pilot tone Watchdog Voltage
2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

162 en | LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW)
Supervision (PRA-CSLW) Supervision
Microphone Audio path Presstotalk switch Controller continuity PoE (12)
Network interface Ethernet
Protocol Redundancy Audio/control protocol Network audio latency Audio data encryption Control data security
Ports
Reliability MTBF (extrapolated from calculated MTBF of PRAAD608) Environmental Climatic conditions Temperature
Operating
Storage and transport
Humidity (noncondensing) Air pressure (operating) Altitude (operating)
Vibration (operating) Amplitude Acceleration
Bump (transport) Mechanical Enclosure (PRA-CSLD) Dimensions (HxWxD)
Excluding microphone

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

PRAESENSA
Impedance Pilot tone Impedance Watchdog Voltage
100BASETX, 1000BASET TCP/IP RSTP OMNEO 10 ms AES128 TLS 2
1,000,000 h
-5 -- 50 °C (23 -- 122 °F) -30 -- 70 °C (-22 -- 158 °F) 5 -- 95% 560 -- 1070 hPa -500 -- 5000 m (-1640 -- 16404 ft)
< 0.35 mm < 5 G < 10 G
62 x 130 x 189 mm (2.44 x 5.12 x 7.44 in)
Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Enclosure (PRA-CSLD) Ingress protection Base
Material Color Panel Material Color
Weight
Enclosure (PRA-CSLW) Dimensions (HxWxD)
Ingress protection Base
Material Color Panel Material Color
Weight

LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW) | en 163
IP30
Zamak RAL9017
Plastic RAL9017 RAL9022HR 0.9 kg (1.98 lb)
62 x 130 x 189 mm (2.44 x 5.12 x 7.44 in) IP30
Zamak RAL9017
Plastic RAL9017 RAL9022HR 1.0 kg (2.21 lb)

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

164 en | Call station extension (CSE)

14

Call station extension (CSE)

PRAESENSA

14.1

Introduction

This keypad extension is used in combination with PRAESENSA call stations to make selections for business and alarm calls. One device adds twelve configurable buttons with light ring. Each button has two additional indicators for user feedback, related to the configured functionality of that button. Up to four PRA-CSE can be connected to one call station. Using extension keypads for zone selection allows all zones to be accessible and visible at the same time. It shows a complete status overview of selected and occupied zones or zones with faults. The extension keypad is delivered with a metal coupling plate and patch cable to link it to a call station or other extension keypad. The front cover can be easily removed to insert labels with up to three lines of text per button and a header section on top.

14.2

Functions

Business operation ­ Connection of up to four PRA-CSE extensions, each with twelve buttons. The buttons can
be configured for various functions, but they are especially useful for zone selection, giving a clear overview of accessible zones and the LED indicators for each button show the status of the respective zone (like being selected, occupied or at fault).

Emergency operation ­ The call station extension complies to the standards for voice alarm applications, when
the firemen's user interface is configured for the call station and at least one PRA-CSE is connected to it. ­ All critical alarm functions are accessible via buttons for operators wearing gloves. ­ All indicators of the extension take part in the indicator test function of the connected call station.

Connection ­ Reliable, locked, single cable interconnection between call station and extension and
between extensions. ­ Robust metal coupling plate. ­ All extensions are automatically addressed, from left to right. ­ All assembling can be done with one standard Torx TX10 screwdriver.

Labeling ­ Removable front cover for easy labeling with space for three lines of text per button.

Button cap ­ Three button caps are included to prevent unintended activation of critical buttons.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
14.3

Functional diagram
Functional and connection diagram
1

Call station extension (CSE) | en 165
Internal device functions Controller Zone status indicator Zone fault indicator

14.4

12
Indicators and connections

Top-side indicators

Selection button LED ring (1-12) Selected

White

Active (1-12) Evacuation call Business call Music

Red Blue Green

Zone fault present (1-12)

Yellow

The brightness adjustment of the LEDs is only supported on devices with HW version 01/01 and higher.
Top-side controls

Selection (1-12)

Button

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

166 en | Call station extension (CSE)
Bottomside interconnections

PRAESENSA

14.5
14.5.1

Connection to next extension (RJ12)

Connection to call station or previous extension (RJ12)

Installation
The PRA-CSE is used in combination with a PRA-CSLD and PRA-CSLW call station.

Refer to ­ LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW), page 149

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:

Quantity

Component

1

Call station extension

1

Bracket (attached to bottom)

1

Metal coupling plate + 4 screws

1

RJ12 interconnection cable

1

Button cap (x3)

1

Quick Installation Guide

1

Safety information

No tools or Ethernet cables are provided with the device.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Parts check and identification

Call station extension (CSE) | en 167
B Call station extension B1 Patch cable B2 Coupling plate B3 Screw torx TX10 (x4) B4 Button light ring (x3) B5 Button cap (x3)

14.5.2

Extension connected to a call station
Every call station must have at least one PRA-CSE call station extension for zone selection, with a maximum of four extensions. A call station (A) will automatically assign a connected extension (B) to itself and number the extensions in succession. Manual addressing is not needed and not possible. The system will supervise that a configured extension remains connected to its call station. The extension that is mounted immediately next to the call station is the first extension in the configuration. All extensions communicate with their call station via a short loopthrough cable with RJ12connectors. The same connection provides power to the extensions. Extensions cannot be used without call station.
To mount and connect a call station extension, follow the procedure below: 1. Remove the cable covers at the bottom of the call station and the extension using a TX10
screwdriver. ­ For the call station, get access to the two screws via the holes in the table stand
bracket. 2. Mount the coupling plate between the call station and the first extension, using four M3
screws with TX10 head. ­ Mounting plate and screws are included with the extension. ­ An extension can only be mounted to a call station on its right hand side (looking
from above). 3. Connect the short RJ12cable between the call station and the (first) extension.
­ This cable reversible and can be used in either direction. The RJ12cable is included with the extension.
4. When the call station is not yet connected to the network, use one or two GbEthernet cables (CAT5e or better) with RJ45 connectors to connect the call station to a PSE port, with PoE enabled.
5. Cut off the small breakoff part of the cable cover of the call station to make space for the RJ12cable to pass through. ­ This breakoff part covered the RJ12socket when it was not used.
6. Put back both cable covers, each with its two TX10 screws. ­ The cable covers prevent that the RJ12cable can be pulled out. For the call station, the cable cover also prevents access to the Reset switch.
Follow the same procedure for mounting an additional extension to an already mounted extension.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

168 en | Call station extension (CSE)

PRAESENSA

14.5.3

Labeling
The call station extension has provisions to label the keys with custom texts and/or symbols, but also the extension itself can be labeled.

To add or change labels follow the procedure below: 1. The extension top cover is fixed in place with magnets. Use a screwdriver or tweezers in
the slot of the extension cover plate to lift up the top cover. 2. Slide the cover upwards to remove it. 3. Turn the cover upside down. Gently push a screwdriver of tweezers into the hole in the
metal top side label holder. Slide the label holder to the left to unlock and then up to remove. ­ This label holder is for the title label of the extension. It is made of metal and is also
used to fix the top cover magnetically to the body of the enclosure. 4. Gently push a screwdriver or tweezers into the holes of the plastic label holders for the
keys and lift them up to remove. 5. Type in the texts for the title label and the key labels using the available template. Then
print on paper and cut to size.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Call station extension (CSE) | en 169

6. Place the labels upside down in the label slots and put the label holders back in place. Slide the metal top side label holder to the right to lock it in place.
7. Mount the cover back on the extension body by first sliding the bottom side into the body, then tilt down until it snaps into place.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

170 en | Call station extension (CSE)

PRAESENSA

14.5.4

Mounting a button cap
The call station extension has provisions to add a cap over one or more buttons, as a safeguard against accidental activation. Each PRA-CSE is delivered with a set of three caps, each consisting of a white light ring with pivot pins and a red cap with a hinge.
To mount a button cap, follow the procedure below: 1. The extension top cover is fixed in place with magnets. Use a screwdriver or tweezers in
the slot of the extension cover plate to lift up the top cover. 2. Slide the cover upwards to remove it and get access to the buttons. 3. Translucent light rings are placed in rows of three around the buttons. Use tweezers to
lift and remove the row for the button that should get a cap. 4. Remove the original light ring by cutting the plastic bridges to the adjacent light rings.
Leave part of the plastic bridges in place around each light ring for better orientation when it is put back in place. 5. Insert one of the new light rings with pivot pins in the slot around the button that should get a cap. The pivot pins must be on top. 6. Then place the original light rings back around the remaining buttons. 7. Mount the cover back on the extension body by first sliding the bottom side into the body, then tilt down until it snaps into place.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Call station extension (CSE) | en 171

8. The red cap has a hole on one side of the hinge for the left pivot pin, and a slot on the other side of the hinge for the right pivot pin. Rotate the cap 10 degrees, counterclockwise, and slide to the right over the button, so the left pivot pin goes into the hole of the hinge. Then push the right side of the cap down until the right pivot pin snaps into the slot of the hinge. This requires some force.
9. After the cap has snapped into place, the hinge has two stable positions and the cap can be flipped into the open or closed position.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

172 en | Call station extension (CSE)

PRAESENSA

14.6 14.7

Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Europe

EN 5416

International

ISO 724016

Maritime applications

DNV GL Type Approval

Emergency standard compliance

Europe

EN 50849

UK

BS 5839-8

Regulatory areas Safety Immunity
Emissions
Environment Railway applications

EN/IEC/CSA/UL 623681
EN 55024 EN 551032 (E1, E2, E3) EN 501304
EN 55032 EN 6100063 ICES003 ANSI C63.4 FCC47 part 15B class A
EN/IEC 63000
EN 501214

Conformity declarations Europe Australia Morocco Russian Federation United Arabic Emirates

CE/CPR RCM CMIM EAC CoC Civil Defense

Technical data
Electrical

Power transfer
Power supply input Input voltage Input voltage tolerance Power consumption (indicators off / on)

5 VDC 4.5 -- 5.5 VDC 0.1 W / 1.0 W

Supervision Interconnection Processor

Link presence Watchdog

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Reliability MTBF (extrapolated from calculated MTBF of PRAAD608) Environmental Climatic conditions Temperature
Operating
Storage and transport
Humidity (noncondensing) Air pressure (operating) Altitude (operating)
Vibration (operating) Amplitude Acceleration
Bump (transport) Mechanical Enclosure Dimensions (HxWxD)
Ingress protection Base
Material Color Panel Material Color
Weight

Call station extension (CSE) | en 173
2,000,000 h
-5 -- 50 °C (23 -- 122 °F) -30 -- 70 °C (-22 -- 158 °F) 5 -- 95% 560 -- 1070 hPa -500 -- 5000 m (-1640 -- 16404 ft)
< 0.35 mm < 5 G < 10 G
62 x 130 x 189 mm (2.44 x 5.12 x 7.44 in) IP30
Zamak RAL9017
Plastic RAL9017 RAL9022HR 0.4 kg (0.88 lb)

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

174 en | Ethernet switch (ES8P2S)

15

Ethernet switch (ES8P2S)

PRAESENSA

15.1 15.2

Introduction
The PRA-ES8P2S is a compact DINrail mounted Ethernet switch with eight Gigabit copper ports, supporting Power over Ethernet (PoE) and two Gigabit SFP combo ports. This Ethernet switch is an OEM switch, made for Bosch by Advantech for use in Bosch Public Address and Voice Alarm systems. It is a preconfigured version of the EKI7710G2CPIAE switch, optimized for PRAESENSA. The PRA-ES8P2S is certified for EN 5416 in combination with PRAESENSA systems. It can be used in addition to the switch ports of the PRAESENSA system controller and multifunction power supply. This is especially convenient in large systems where more SFP ports are needed for long distance interconnections on glass fiber or more PoE-enabled ports are needed to power PRAESENSA call stations.
Functions
Intended for PA/VA systems ­ Managed industrial Gigabit Ethernet switch with convection cooling and DINrail
mounting, designed for long term continuous operation. ­ Redundant wide range DC power input. ­ Protected against overloads and short circuits. ­ Comes with preinstalled and pre-configured firmware for quick installation and optimum
performance. ­ Certified for EN 5416 in combination with Bosch PRAESENSA systems.
Advanced features ­ Managed switch, configurable via web browser, with eight Gigabit copper ports with PoE
and two SFP combo ports for PRA-SFPLX single mode and/or PRA-SFPSX multimode fiber transceiver modules. ­ Deactivated Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) mode on all ports to avoid problems in combination with audio clock synchronization (IEEE 1588) in combination with OMNEO, Dante and AES67. ­ Wire speed switching in hardware to avoid variable latency that may cause audio streaming problems.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
15.3

Ethernet switch (ES8P2S) | en 175

­ Full Quality of Service (QoS) through differentiated services (DiffServ) on all ports, compatible with OMNEO Docent diagnostic tool.
­ Support for Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) according to IEEE 802.1d to create redundant loops.
­ Fault output relay for fault reporting into PA/VA system. ­ Large MACaddress table (8kaddresses) for large system broadcasting. ­ Support for Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Link Layer Discovery
Protocol (LLDP). ­ All copper ports provide PoE (IEEE 802.3 af/at) to power PRAESENSA call stations or
other devices.
Fault tolerance ­ All ports support RSTP for loop connections to adjacent devices with recovery from a
broken link. ­ Dual redundant 24 to 48 V DCinputs.
Functional diagram

Functional and connection diagram

Internal device functions

1

PoE

2

PoE

3

PoE

4

PoE

5

PoE

6

PoE

7

PoE

PWR1 PWR2
P-Fail Console

Power over Ethernet power source OMNEO network switch SFP Socket for SFP module Controller DC to DC converter Fault relay

8

PoE

9 SFP
10 SFP

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

176 en | Ethernet switch (ES8P2S)

15.4

Indicators and connections

PRAESENSA

Front panel indicators and controls

Port 110  Link activity

Green

Port 110  100 Mbps network 1 Gbps network

-

-

Yellow Green
-

PoE 18

PoE activated

Green

Reset

System soft reset or Switch factory reset

Front panel connections

Port 18

Network port 18 with PoE

SYS R.M. PWR1 PWR2 Alarm

System is operating normally

Green

Active when

Green

determining ring master

Power on power supply Green input 1

Power on power supply Green input 2

SFP port disconnected Red or link down

Port 910

Network combo port 910

Console Console serial RS232 cable COM port

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Ethernet switch (ES8P2S) | en 177

15.5
i

Top panel connections Chassis ground

PWR1 24 to 48 VDC input 1

PWR2 24 to 48 VDC input 2

PFail Fault relay

Installation
The PRA-ES8P2S is a preconfigured version of the Ethernet switch Advantech EKI7710G2CPIAE. Detailed installation and configuration instructions can be downloaded from the manufacturer's website: www.advantech.com. The switch can be mounted on a DINrail or on a wall or panel, using the wall mounting brackets.
Notice! For security reasons, by default this switch is not accessible from the Internet. When the default (special link-local) IPaddress is changed to an address outside the link-local range (169.254.x.x/16), then also the default (published) password must be changed. But even for applications on a closed local network, for highest security the password may still be changed. To do so: 1: Access the switch via its preconfigured IP address, using a browser to setup a secure connection to https://169.254.255.1. 2: The PRA-ES8P2S is factory configured with the following default credentials: User: Bosch. Password: mLqAMhQ0GU5NGUK. 3: Log in to this account. This is an account with administrator rights. 4: Change the password and if needed the IPaddress, and safe the password for future access. The IPaddress is only used to get access to the switch for configuration, but it is not used during operation. For that reason it is not a problem to have multiple PRA-ES8P2S switches connected on the same network, all with the same (default) IPaddress. Only when the configuration is to be changed, each switch must be individually connected to the configuration PC, one at a time, to make the changes.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

178 en | Ethernet switch (ES8P2S)

PRAESENSA

i i i
15.5.1
15.5.2

Notice! By convention, most SNMPv1v2c equipment ships from the factory with a readonly community string set to "public". This also applies to the PRA-ES8P2S. The SNMP community string is like a user id or password that allows access to the switch statistics. If the community string is correct, the device responds with the requested information, otherwise the device simply discards the request and does not respond. For security reasons, it is standard practice for network managers to change all the community strings to customized values in the device setup, or SNMP should be disabled.

Notice! Open Source Software license agreements are accessible as download from the device itself. Access the device via its IPaddress (https://169.254.255.1 is the factory default address). No user credentials are needed for this.

Notice! PRAESENSA supervises the network links between OMNEO devices, but a link between two nonOMNEO devices is not supervised. The PRA-ES8P2S is not a native OMNEO device and a connection between two of these switches is not supervised.

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:

Quantity

Component

1

10port industrial Ethernet switch

1

Screw connector

2

Wall-mounting bracket

1

DINrail mounting bracket and screws

1

Startup manual

No tools or Ethernet cables are provided with the device.

Power supply connection
This Ethernet switch has dual redundant 24 to 48 V DC-inputs. In case no battery backup is required, it can be powered from a PRA-PSM24 or PRA-PSM48 power supply. In case the switch is used in a Voice Alarm system, compliant to EN5416, the switch must be powered from an EN544 certified power supply, like the PRA-MPS3. When the switch is powered by the PRA-MPS3 multifunction power supply, it must be connected to one of the 48 V outputs, normally intended for the amplifiers. Use both A and B outputs for connection redundancy. The 24 V output of the PRA-MPS3 is not powerful enough for this switch. The 48 V output that is powering the switch should not be used to also power an amplifier. Especially when the switch is serving multiple PoE powered devices as PSE (Power Sourcing Equipment), its power consumption can raise to 140 W. The remaining power capacity of the 48 V supply is not sufficient anymore for an amplifier under various load conditions. The lifeline that belongs to the powering 48 V output is not used, so the 48 V output will not be disabled as would be for amplifiers in sleep/snooze mode to save power. It is also essential that the 48 V for the switch is not disabled at any time. In case of mains failure the switch will be powered from the battery, connected to the multifunction power supply.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
15.5.3
15.6

Ethernet switch (ES8P2S) | en 179

Fault relay connection
The switch has a fault relay output to report faults. This relay can be connected to one of the control inputs of the PRA-MPS3, configured as `External fault input', to transfer switch faults to the PRAESENSA system. This switch does not communicate via OMNEO to the PRAESENSA system controller.
Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Europe

EN 5416

International

ISO 724016

Maritime applications

DNV GL Type Approval

Emergency standard compliance

Europe

EN 50849

UK

BS 5839-8

Regulatory areas Safety Immunity
Emissions
Environment Shock Freefall Vibration

UL 508
EN 55024 EN 6100042 EN 6100043 EN 6100044 EN 6100045 EN 6100046 EN 6100048
EN 55032 class A EN 6100064 FCC47 part 15B class A
EN 50581
IEC 60068227
IEC 60068232
IEC 6006826

Conformity declarations Europe USA/Canada Korea

CE/CPR FCC/cUL KE

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

180 en | Ethernet switch (ES8P2S)

15.7

Technical data
Electrical
Power transfer
Power supply input PWR1-2 Input voltage Input voltage tolerance
Power consumption (48 V) Active mode, no PoE Active mode, with PoE
Power over Ethernet Standard Output power, all ports together Output power, per port (1-8)

Supervision Redundant power failure Port link down Fiber link down Device status reporting

Network interface Ethernet
Speed
Ports 1-8 Ports 9-10 Console Standard Port
Reliability MTBF Environmental Climatic conditions Temperature
Operating
Storage and transport
Humidity (non condensing)

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

PRAESENSA
24 -- 48 VDC 16.8 -- 62.4 VDC 12 W < 140 W IEEE 802.3 af/at < 120 W < 30 W
P-Fail relay / Alarm LED P-Fail relay / Alarm LED P-Fail relay / Alarm LED SNMP, SMTP
100BASE-TX 1000BASE-T RJ45 RJ45/SFP combo RS232 RJ45
800,000 h
-40 -- 75 °C (-40 -- 167 °F) -40 -- 85 °C (-40 -- 185 °F) 5 -- 95%
Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Functional Switching MACaddress table size VLAN
Group Arrange Multicast
Energy Efficient Ethernet Redundancy

QoS Priority queue scheduling Class of service (CoS)
Rate limiting Link aggregation
Security Port security Authentication Storm control

Management DHCP Access
Software upgrade NTP

Ethernet switch (ES8P2S) | en 181
8k IEEE 802.1Q 256 (VLAN ID1-4094) Port based, Q-in-Q, GVRP IGMP snooping v1/v2/v3, MLD snooping, IGMP immediate leave IEEE 802.3az EEE IEEE 802.1D-STP IEEE 802.1s-MSTP IEEE 802.1w-RSTP
SP, WRR IEEE 802.1p, DiffServ (DSCP) Ingress, Egress IEEE 802.3ad Static, Dynamic (LACP)
Static, Dynamic IEEE 802.1X, port based Broadcast, Unknown multicast, Unknown unicast
Client, Server SNMP v1/v2c/v3, RMON, Telnet, SSH, HTTP(S), CLI TFTP, HTTP (dual image) SNTP client

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

182 en | Ethernet switch (ES8P2S)
Mechanical Enclosure Dimensions (HxWxD)
Ingress protection Mounting
Case Weight

PRAESENSA
152 x 74 x 105 mm (6.0 x 2.9 x 4.1 in) IP30 TS35 DIN Rail (EN 60715), Wallmounting Aluminum 1.3 kg (2.7 lb)

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
16

Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX) | en 183
Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX)

16.1 16.2 16.3

Introduction
The PRA-SFPSX and PRA-SFPLX are compact SFP fiber transceivers. The PRA-SFPSX is for use with multimode fibers, covering distances up to 550 m. The PRA-SFPLX is for use with single mode fibers, covering distances up to 10 km. These are OEM transceivers, made for Bosch by Advantech for use in Bosch Public Address and Voice Alarm systems. An SFP transceiver locks into the SFP socket of the PRAESENSA multifunction power supply and Ethernet switch. It is compliant with IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet standards for maximum performance, reliability and flexibility. Both transceivers are certified for EN 5416 in combination with PRAESENSA systems.
Functions
­ Features a duplex LC connector; one connection for transmit and the other for receive. ­ Fits and locks into the SFP socket of the PRA-MPSx and PRA-ES8P2S. ­ SFP is the popular industry format jointly developed and supported by many network
component vendors, providing a connection to different types of optical fiber. ­ The PRA-SFPSX supports multimode fiber for distances up to 550 m. ­ The PRA-SFPLX supports singlemode fiber for distances up to 10 km. ­ Wide temperature range for maximum reliability. ­ Certified for EN 5416 in combination with PRAESENSA systems.
Functional diagram

Functional and connection diagram

Internal device functions

T LC
R

LC Dual lockable transmitter and receiver connector
T Transmitter R Receiver
Controller

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

184 en | Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX)

PRAESENSA

16.4

Installation
The fiber transceiver fits and locks into the SFP socket of the PRA-MPSx and PRA-ES8P2S. The transceiver receives power from the host device.

5.5
5.5
1 2
PRA-SFPxX
PRA-SFPSX: < 550 m PRA-SFPLX: < 10 km

!
16.4.1
16.4.2

Figure 16.1: PRA-MPSx installation
Caution! Risk of eye injury. When inspecting a connector, ensure that light sources are off. The light source in fiber optic cables may cause eye injury. SX and LX fiber connections use invisible IR light.

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:

Quantity

Component

1

SFP fiber transceiver

No tools or Ethernet cables are provided with the device.

Application
Fiber transceivers are especially beneficial in environments where high levels of electromagnetic interference (EMI) is a common phenomenon, like industrial plants. This interference can cause data corruption over copperbased Ethernet links. However, data transmitted over fiber optic cable is completely immune to this type of noise, ensuring optimal data transmission across the plant floor. For short distance transmissions multimode fibers can be used using light with a wavelength of 850 nm, while singlemode fibers typically support distances up to 10 km, using light with a wavelength of 1310 nm. Some third party dedicated SFP fiber transceivers can even cover

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
i
16.4.3

Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX) | en 185
distances up to 40 km, using light with a wavelength of 1550 nm for lowest attenuation of light. However, for EN5416 compliant PRAESENSA systems only the PRA-SFPLX and PRASFPSX are certified for use. Make sure to use the correct combination of fiber and connector for both sides of the cable, matching the fiber transceivers. A connection between a multimode fiber transceiver on one end and a singlemode fiber transceiver on the other end will not work, because the wavelength of the light that is produced by the transmitter does not match the wavelength of the light the receiver is sensitive to. Fiber optic cables are exceptionally vulnerable. Dust, dirt or tampering might cause physical damage. To avoid physical damage, avoid extreme bends in fiber optic cables when storing them and put dustcaps on the cable ends after disconnection. Also, see subsection Cable type recommendations, page 25 for safety precautions when working with fiber optic cables.
Notice! The SFP transceiver is not standardized by any official standards body, but rather is specified by a multisource agreement (MSA) among competing manufacturers. Some networking equipment manufacturers engage in vendor lock-in practices whereby they deliberately break compatibility with generic SFPs by adding a check in the device's firmware that will enable only the vendor's own modules. As a result, this means that the PRA-SFPLX and PRA-SFPSX may not work in some brands of Ethernet switches.
Transceiver
To install an SFP transceiver, follow the procedure below: 1. An SFP transceiver can be damaged by static electricity. Be sure to observe all standard
electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions, such as wearing an antistatic wrist strap, to avoid damaging the transceiver. 2. Remove the transceiver from its packaging. 3. Position the SFP transceiver with the label facing up. The transceiver can be hotswapped; there is no need to poweroff the host device to install a transceiver. 4. With the handle on the transceiver oriented towards the host device, slide the transceiver into the SFP socket and push until it clicks into place. 5. Verify that the handle on the transceiver is in the position that secures the transceiver and prevents it from being dislodged from the socket.

16.4.4

Fiber cable
To insert a fiber cable with LC connector, follow the procedure below: 1. Verify that the type of cable is appropriate for the SFP transceiver that is installed. 2. The SFP transceiver has two connectors. Each connector connects to a separate fiber
strand. One is for receiving data and the other is for transmitting data. When connecting a fiber optic cable to the SFP module, be sure that the receive fiber connector is connected to the transmitter connector on the remote endnode device, and the transmit fiber connector is connected to the receiver connector on the remote node. 3. Remove the dust plugs from the LC fiber cable and save the dust plugs for future use. Then inspect and clean the cable endface.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

186 en | Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX)

PRAESENSA

16.5

4. Remove the dust plugs from the SFP transceiver optical bores. Immediately attach the LC fiber cable to the SFP transceiver.
Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Europe

EN 5416

International

ISO 724016

Maritime applications

DNV GL Type Approval

Emergency standard compliance

Europe

EN 50849

UK

BS 5839-8

Regulatory areas Safety Environment

Laser Class I IEC 608251 EN 50581

16.6

Conformity declarations Europe USA/Canada

CE/CPR FCC/c-UL

Technical data SFPSX
Electrical

Interface Supply voltage Power consumption Speed Transmitter power Receiver sensitivity Connection

Optical Interface Connector type Wave length

3.3 V 0.5 W IEEE 802.3z 1000BASESX -4 -- -9.5 dBm < -18 dBm Hot swappable, Locking
Dual LC 850 nm

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

16.7

Interface Fiber length
50 µm core 62.5 µm core Optical fiber Core size Environmental Climatic conditions Temperature Operating
Storage and transport
Humidity (non condensing) Mechanical Enclosure Dimensions (HxWxD)
Weight
Technical data SFPLX
Electrical Interface Supply voltage Power consumption Speed Transmitter power Receiver sensitivity Connection
Optical Interface Connector type Wave length Fiber length Optical fiber Core size

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX) | en 187
< 550 m (1.804 ft) < 220 m (722 ft) Multimode 50 µm / 62.5 µm
-20 -- 85 °C (-4 -- 185 °F) -40 -- 85 °C (-40 -- 185 °F) 5 -- 95%
13.4 x 8.5 x 56.5 mm (0.53 x 0.33 x 2.2 in) 75 g (0.17 lbs)
3.3 V 0.7 W IEEE 802.3z 1000BASELX -3 -- -9.5 dBm < -20 dBm Hot swappable, Locking
Dual LC 1310 nm < 10 km (32,821 ft) Singlemode ITUT G.652 SMF
2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

188 en | Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX)
Environmental Climatic conditions Temperature
Operating Storage and transport
Humidity (non condensing) Mechanical Enclosure Dimensions (HxWxD)
Weight

PRAESENSA
-40 -- 85 °C (-40 -- 185 °F) -40 -- 85 °C (-40 -- 185 °F) 5 -- 95%
13.4 x 8.5 x 56.5 mm (0.53 x 0.33 x 2.2 in) 75 g (0.17 lbs)

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
17

Public Address server (APAS)

Public Address server (APAS) | en 189

17.1 17.2

Introduction
The PRA-APAS is an industrial PC with preinstalled software, acting as a server for PRAESENSA. It provides advanced business related public address functions without compromises and does therefore not support emergency functionalities. The PRA-APAS supports connections to two separate local area networks, the PRAESENSA secure network and the public network with access to the Internet, with a firewall in between. On the public network it connects to the Internet and to one or more licensed operator devices, such as a wireless tablet or a regular PC. On the secure PRAESENSA network it interfaces with the system controller for control and transfer of multiple simultaneous audio channels. The operator devices use their own web browser to control background music, streaming from PRA-APAS' own internal memory or from external music portals and Internet radio stations. It offers announcement creation and control facilities to the operator, including message scheduling, live call recording with premonitoring and playback, and even multilingual texttospeech calls, using online conversion services.
Functions
Public address server ­ Industrial PC with pre-installed and licensed software, acting as server to one or more
operator control devices, and as interface between these devices and one PRAESENSA system. ­ For security reasons the server has two ports to connect to two different local area networks. One port is connected to the secure PRAESENSA network, the other port to the corporate network with access to operator devices and (Firewall protected) access to the Internet. ­ License management of operator devices. Each operator device needs a PRA-APAL license for access to the advanced public address server. ­ Integrated web server to keep operator devices platform independent. Each operator device uses its own web browser as operator interface. ­ Storage of messages and music in internal memory, multiple audio formats supported.
Operator functions ­ Easy zone selection with picture representation of zones. ­ Control of background music sources and volume levels in selected zones. Music can be
streamed from internal memory, but also from music portals on Internet. ­ Live call recording of announcements with premonitoring and playback to selected
zones.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

190 en | Public Address server (APAS)

PRAESENSA

17.3

­ Live and scheduled playback of stored messages. ­ Playback of text based announcements with automatic (multilingual) online
texttospeech conversion.
Connection to PRAESENSA ­ The server connects to the PRAESENSA system controller, using the PRAESENSA Open
Interface for control of business related functions. Higher priority, emergency related functions are always handled by the system controller. ­ The server can stream up to 10 high quality audio channels to the system controller, using the AES67 protocol. The system controller converts the static AES67 audio streams into dynamic OMNEO streams.
Functional diagram
Functional and connection diagram

PRA-APAS

HDMI HDMI

PRAESENSA

3

1

4

2

COM

DC 12V

Internal device functions Router Mains to DC converter Controller Power on

DC to DC converter Processor and storage OMNEO network switch

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
17.4

Indicators and connections

Public Address server (APAS) | en 191

Front panel control and indicators

Processor and

Red

storage

Active/Link status Speed status
Front panel connections

Green Yellow

Line input

Network port

COM Serial port

Rear panel indicators

Power on

Green

Line output
Super speed USB 3 and 4

Active/Link status Speed status Rear panel connections
12 VDC input

Green Yellow

HDMI HDMI display interface
Network port

Chassis ground
Super speed USB 1 and 2
HDMI HDMI display interface

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

192 en | Public Address server (APAS)

17.5

Installation

PRAESENSA

i
17.5.1
17.5.2 17.5.3
i

Notice! For detailed installation instructions, please refer to the manufacturer's manual. Manufacturer: Advantech Model: ARK1124H

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:

Quantity

Component

1

Advanced public address server

1

Power adapter

1

Utility CD

1

User manual (in Simplified Chinese)

No tools or cables are provided with the device.

Power adapter
The PRA-APAS is delivered with an external 12 VDC power adapter. Connect the adapter to the PRA-APAS through the DC input on the rear side.

Network connections
When the PRA-APAS connects to the PRAESENSA system in a closed network, use the Ethernet connection in the rear side to connect to the PRAESENSA network. When the PRAAPAS also uses external services through the Internet, the PRA-APAS connects through the Ethernet connection in the rear side to the PRAESENSA network, and through the Ethernet connection in the front side to an open network with Internet access.

Notice! Only one PRA-APASmust be connected to the PRAESENSA network.

17.5.4
17.6

Configuration
The configuration of the PRA-APAS device is described in a dedicated configuration manual for the PRA-APAS Advanced public address server. Download the latest version of the manual from www.boschsecurity.com.
Approvals

Regulatory areas Safety

IEC/UL/CSA 609501 EN 62368-1

Immunity

EN55024 / CISPR 24 EN 6100061 EN/IEC 6100032 EN/IEC 6100033

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Public Address server (APAS) | en 193

17.7

Regulatory areas
Emissions
Environment
Conformity declarations Europe USA/Canada China Taiwan Russian Federation
Technical data
Electrical Server PC Model Processor chipset Processor speed L2 Cache BIOS Memory Operating system Graphics chipset Video interface Ethernet chipset LAN1/2

EN/IEC 6100042 EN/IEC 6100043 EN/IEC 6100044 EN/IEC 6100045 EN/IEC 6100046 EN/IEC 6100048 EN/IEC 61000411 EN 55011 EN 55022 / CISPR 22 EN 55032 / CISPR 32 EN 6100063 EN 6100064 ANSI C63.4 ICES 003 FCC 47 part 15B class A EN 50581 EN 50563
CE FCC/cUL/CSA CCC BSMI EAC
ARK1124HS6A1E (OEM Advantech) Intel AtomTM E3940 Quad Core SoC 1.6 GHz 2 MB AMI EFI 64 bit DDR3L 1866 MHz, 8 GB Linux Intel ® HD Graphics 500 HDMI 1.4b, dual display Intel i210 GbE 100BASE TX, 1000BASE T

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

194 en | Public Address server (APAS)
Server PC Audio chipset Audio in/out (inactive) Serial interface USB Interface Protection Backup battery Power consumption, typical Power consumption, maximum External power adapter Power connector Cooling Power adapter Model Input voltage range Input voltage tolerance Frequency range Socket type input Output voltage Maximum output current Connector type output Efficiency level (DOE) Protection
Environmental Climatic conditions server PC Operating temperature
Storage and transport temperature
Humidity (noncondensing) Vibration (operating, no HDD)

PRAESENSA
Realtek ALC888S, 2 x analog minijack RS-232/422/485 4 x USB 3.0 Watchdog timer CR2032 Lithium cell 6 W 16 W 12 VDC, 5 A Lockable DC jack Fanless convection
ADP-60KD B (Delta) 100 -- 240 VAC 90 -- 264 VAC 47 -- 63 Hz C14 12 VDC 5 A Lockable DC jack VI Over voltage Over current Over temperature
-20 -- 60 ºC (-4 -- 140 ºF) with 0.7 m/s air flow -40 -- 85 ºC (-40 -- 185 ºF) 5 -- 95% 3 Grms, IEC 60068264, random, 5 to 500 Hz, 1 hr/axis

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Climatic conditions server PC Shock (operating, no HDD)
Climatic conditions power adapter Operating temperature
Storage and transport temperature
Altitude
Mechanical Enclosure server PC Dimensions (HxWxD)
Case Material Color
Weight Enclosure power adapter Dimensions (W x H x D)

Public Address server (APAS) | en 195
30 G, IEC 60068227, half sine, 11 ms duration
0 ºC -- 40 ºC (32 ºF -- 104 ºF) -30 ºC -- 60 ºC (-22 ºF -- 140 ºF) -500 -- 5000 m (-1640 -- 16404 ft)
46.4 x 133 x 94.2 mm (1.83 x 5.24 x 3.71 in)
Aluminum Black 0.7 kg (1.55 lb)
110 x 62 x 31.5 mm (4.33 x 2.44 x 1.24 in)

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

196 en | Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48)

18

Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48)

PRAESENSA

18.1 18.2

Introduction
The PRA-PSM24 and PRA-PSM48 are compact DINrail mounted power supplies. The PRAPSM24 delivers 24 V at up to 10 A continuously, while the PRA-PSM48 delivers 48 V at up to 5 A continuously. These power supplies are OEM power supplies, made for Bosch by Delta Power Supply, as a cost effective alternative to the PRAESENSA multifunction power supply PRA-MPS3 in case the additional functions and characteristics of the multifunction power supply are not needed. Also, the PRA-PSM24 and PRA-PSM48 are not certified for EN 544 and similar standards. The PRA-PSM24 can be used to power a PRAESENSA system controller or other devices and utilities that need 24 V. Because of its ability to deliver high peak currents, the PRA-PSM48 can supply sufficient power to a single fully loaded PRAESENSA 600 W power amplifier. The PRA-PSM48 can also power a PRA-ES8P2S Ethernet switch with all its PoE outputs loaded.
Functions
Mains power supply ­ Universal mains input with power factor correction to maximize the amount of power that
can be taken from a single phase power distribution network. ­ The mains is supplied via a 3pole screw plug that requires the module to be installed by
professional installers and mounted in a safe place, without user access.
PRA-PSM24 ­ Compact DINrail mounted power supply, delivering 24 V at up to 10 A continuously, for
powering various utilities and devices in Public Address systems. ­ Adjustable output voltage, 24 to 28 V. ­ For fail safe redundancy it is possible to use two 24 V power supplies for one PRAESENSA
system controller, one connected to its 24 V input A and the other to input B. In that case, the power supply with the highest voltage will supply the power, the other one is available as backup.
PRA-PSM48 ­ Compact DINrail mounted power supply, delivering 48 V at up to 5 A continuously, for
powering one fully loaded PRAESENSA 600 W amplifier. Because the long term effective power consumption of the amplifier is much lower than the short term burst power consumption, related to the crest factor of speech and music, this power supply is sufficiently powerful. ­ Adjustable output voltage, 48 to 56 V, of which the range 48 to 50 V can be used because the PRAESENSA power amplifiers are tolerant up to 50 V. ­ For fail safe redundancy it is possible to use two 48 V power supplies for one amplifier, one connected to its 48 V input A and the other to input B. In that case the amplifier load will be shared by both power supplies, even if the supply voltages are adjusted to be slightly different.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
18.3

Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48) | en 197

Protections ­ Overvoltage protection with automatic recovery. ­ Overload protection with automatic recovery. ­ Over-temperature protection with automatic recovery.
Functional diagram

Functional and connection diagram

Internal device functions

PRA-PSM24

Mains to DC converter

PRA-PSM48

18.4

Indicators and connections

Front panel indicator and control

DC Output voltage OK present
Front panel connections

Green

24 VDC or 48 VDC output

Adjust Output voltage adjustment
Mains input

Rotary control

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

198 en | Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48)
Rear view

PRAESENSA

18.5
!

Installation
Caution! These power supplies must be installed and used in a controlled environment. The PRA-PSM24 and PRA-PSM48 are builtin units and must be installed in a cabinet or room (condensationfree and indoor) that is relatively free of conductive contaminants. The mains power connection of these devices is not touchprotected.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
18.5.1
18.5.2

Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48) | en 199

Parts included
The box contains the following parts:
PRA-PSM24

Quantity 1 1 1 PRA-PSM48

Component Power supply module 24 V Set of screw connectors Manufacturer's datasheet

Quantity

Component

1

Power supply module 48 V

1

Set of screw connectors

1

Manufacturer's datasheet

No tools or cables are provided with the devices.

Mounting
The power supply unit can be mounted on a 35 mm DINrail in accordance with EN 60715. The device must be installed vertically with the mains power input terminal block down.
Safety precautions: 1. Switch main power off before connecting or disconnecting the device. 2. To guarantee sufficient convection cooling and prevent that the unit goes into thermal
protection, it is important to keep a distance of at least 100 mm above the device, 200 mm below the device, as well as a lateral distance of 20 mm to other units. 3. Note that the enclosure of the device can become very hot depending on the ambient temperature and load of the power supply. Risk of burns! 4. Only plug in and unplug connectors when power is turned off. 5. Do not introduce any objects into the unit. 6. Dangerous voltage present for at least 5 minutes after disconnecting all sources of power.
To snap the device on a DINrail, follow the procedure below: 1. Tilt the device slightly upwards and put it onto the DINrail. 2. Push the device downwards until stopped. 3. Press against the bottom of the front side to lock the device on the rail. 4. Shake the unit slightly to ensure that it is secured.
For dismounting the device: 1. Pull or slide down the latch at the rear side bottom with a screwdriver. 2. Tilt the device upwards. 3. Release the latch, and pull the device from the rail.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

200 en | Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48)

PRAESENSA

18.5.3
!

Mains connection
The terminal block connector allows for easy and fast wiring.
For connecting the mains power to the power supply, follow the procedure below: 1. Use standard flexible (stranded wire) or solid cables with a cross section of 0.75 to
2.5 mm² (AWG 18 to 14), designed to sustain an operating temperature of 75°C (167°F). 2. For secure and reliable connections, the stripping length should be 7 mm. 3. For safety, ensure that all wires are fully inserted into the connecting terminals. In
accordance to EN 60950 / UL 60950, flexible cables require ferrules. 4. Fix the L (Live), N (Neutral) and PE (Protective Earth) connection wires to the input
terminal connector to establish the 100 to 240 VAC connection, using a torque of 0.5 Nm. 5. Plug the connector into the power supply.
The unit is protected with an internal fuse (not replaceable) at the L input and the power supply has been tested and approved on 20 A (UL) and 16 A (IEC) branch circuits without an additional protection device. An external protection device is only required if the supplying branch has a current capability greater than this. Thus, if an external protective device is necessary or utilized, a circuit breaker must be used with a minimum value of 4 A (Bcharacteristic) or 2 A (Ccharacteristic).
Caution! The internal fuse must not be replaced by the user. In case of an internal defect, return the unit for inspection.

18.5.4

Output connection
Use the positive (+) and negative (-) screw connections to establish the 24 V (PRA-PSM24) or 48 V (PRA-PSM48) connection. The output voltage can be adjusted upwards to 28 V or 56 V with the front side potentiometer, but for use with PRAESENSA keep the power supply at 24 V or 48 V. The green LED DC OK displays the correct functioning of the output. The device has a short circuit and overload protection and an overvoltage protection.

For connecting the output to a PRAESENSA device, proceed as follows: 1. Use a PRA-PSM24 to power a PRA-SCx system controller or auxiliary device designed for
24 V operation. 2. Use a PRA-PSM48 to power a PRA-AD60x multi-channel amplifier or PRA-ES8P2S Ethernet
switch, designed for 48 V operation. 3. Use standard flexible (stranded wire) or solid cables with a cross section of 1.5 to
2.5 mm² (AWG 16 to 14), designed to sustain an operating temperature of 75°C (167°F). 4. For secure and reliable connections, the stripping length should be 7 mm. 5. For safety, ensure that all wires are fully inserted into the connecting terminals. In
accordance to EN 60950 / UL 60950, flexible cables require ferrules. 6. Use a torque of 0.5 Nm on the screws to secure the wire connections. 7. For cable redundancy use two cables in parallel (2x2 wires) between the dual output
connections of the power supply and the A and B inputs of the loads to be connected.

In the event of a short circuit or overload, the output voltage and current collapses when the overload current exceeds 150% of the maximum output current. The output voltage is then reduced and the power supply enters the hickup mode until the short circuit or overload has been removed.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
18.5.5
18.6

Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48) | en 201

Thermal behavior
In the case the ambient temperature exceeds +50°C (for vertical mounting), the load power is to be reduced by 2.5% per degree Celsius increase in temperature. If the load is not reduced, the device will run into thermal protection by switching off; the device will go in hickup mode and will recover when the ambient temperature is lowered or the load is reduced as far as necessary to keep the device within normal working conditions.

Approvals

Emergency standard certifications

Maritime applications

DNVGL Type Approval (PRA-PSM48 only)

Emergency standard compliance (PRA-PSM48 only)

Europe

EN 50849

UK

BS5839-8

Regulatory areas Safety Immunity
Emissions
Environment Railway applications

EN/IEC/CSA/UL 60950-1
EN 55024 EN 61000-6-1 EN 61000-6-2
EN 55032 EN 55011 CISPR 32 CISPR 11 FCC47 part 15B class B EN/IEC 61000-3-2, Class A
EN 50581
EN 501214 (PRA-PSM48 only)

Conformity declarations Europe USA/Canada China Korea Australia Taiwan Russian Federation India

CE FCC/c-UL/CSA CCC KE RCM BSMI EAC BIS

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

202 en | Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48)

18.7

Technical data
Electrical PRA-PSM24

Power transfer
Mains power supply input Input voltage range Input voltage tolerance Frequency range Inrush current Power factor (PF) Leakage current to safety ground

24 VDC output Nominal DC output voltage Output voltage range Maximum continuous current Derating Maximum peak current

Power consumption Active mode, rated power

Heat loss Active mode, rated power

PRA-PSM48

Power transfer
Mains power supply input Input voltage range Input voltage tolerance Frequency range Inrush current Power factor (PF) Leakage current to safety ground

48 VDC output Nominal DC output voltage Output voltage range Maximum continuous current Derating Maximum peak current

Heat loss Active mode, rated power

PRA-PSM24 and PRA-PSM48

Protection
Overvoltage Overload Over-temperature

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

PRAESENSA
100 -- 240 VAC 85 -- 264 VAC 50 -- 60 Hz < 35 A (115 V, 230 V) 0.9 -- 1.0 < 1 mA (240 V)
24 V 24 -- 28 V 10 A -0.25 A/°C above 50°C 15 A
265 W
90 kJ/h (85 BTU/h)
100 -- 240 VAC 85 -- 264 VAC 50 -- 60 Hz < 35 A (115 V, 230 V) 0.9 -- 1.0 < 1 mA (240 V)
48 V 48 -- 56 V 5 A -0.125 A/°C above 50°C 7.5 A
90 kJ/h (85 BTU/h)
Automatic recovery Automatic recovery Automatic recovery
Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Reliability MTBF Environmental Climatic conditions Temperature
Operating
Storage and transport
Humidity (non condensing) Air pressure Altitude (operating)
Vibration (operating) Amplitude Acceleration
Bump (transport) Airflow Cooling Mechanical Enclosure Dimensions (HxWxD)
Ingress protection Mounting rail
Case PRA-PSM24 Weight PRA-PSM48 Weight

Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48) | en 203
500,000 h
-25 -- 80 °C (-13 -- 176 °F ) -40 -- 85 °C (-40 -- 185 °F ) 5 -- 95% 750 -- 1070 hPa 0 -- 2500 m (0 -- 8200 ft)
< 0.35 mm < 3 G < 10 G
Convection
121 x 85 x 124 mm (4.76 x 3.35 x 4.86 in) IP20 TS35 DIN Rail (EN 60715) Aluminum
1.10 kg (2.43 lb)
0.96 kg (2.12 lb)

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

204 en | Application notes

PRAESENSA

19
19.1
i

Application notes
Sometimes applications using PRAESENSA have very specific requirements or face special installation challenges. This chapter shows possible solutions to some of them.
Connecting 100 Mbps-devices
Some Dante devices only have a 100BASETX connection, but also many control devices, like a Fire Alarm system, only support a 100BASETX connection. This is also the case for the Bosch Smart Safety Link. Devices that have a low speed 100BASETX network interface are only allowed at the endpoints of a PRAESENSA network and may not be looped through. But even if such a device is connected as an endpoint, the maximum number of audio channels on the network must be taken into consideration. PRAESENSA uses multicast traffic which is actually broadcast within the subnet to all switch ports. Because every OMNEO channel requires 2.44 Mbps, the number of (multicast) OMNEO audio channels must be kept below 20, to not exceed the available network bandwidth. When more than 20 simultaneous multicast audio channels are needed on the network, it must be avoided that all this traffic is forwarded to the 100 Mbps link. This is possible by using a switch with IGMPsnooping. The low speed 100 Mbpsdevices must then be connected to a port on the switch that runs IGMPsnooping on that port. OMNEO devices may be connected to other ports of that switch, but for these ports IGMPsnooping must be disabled and these ports should not filter multicast traffic.
Notice! It is very important that OMNEO or Dante devices are not connected behind a port that uses IGMPsnooping. See Network switches, page 30.

i
19.2

Notice! Dante devices that are based on the Audinate's Ultimo chip (e.g. Dante AVIO audio network adapters, Atterotech unDIO2X2+) are limited to a 100BASETX connection. When such a device is used, the maximum number of simultaneous OMNEO audio channels in PRAESENSA is 20.
Long range interconnections
Copper CATwiring for Ethernet is limited to a distance of 100 m between nodes. Longer distances can be covered by using Gigabit fiber interconnections with SFP transceivers. Some PRAESENSA devices have one or more SFP sockets for this purpose. But call stations need Power over Ethernet (PoE), which cannot be transported on fiber connections. For distances above 100 m there are several possibilities: ­ It is possible to use special Ethernet cables that deliver 1 Gbps and PoE+ over 200 m and
pull and terminate like a CAT6 cable. See Gamechanger cables (http://www.paigedatacom.com/). ­ Use one or more Gigabit PoE Ethernet extenders/repeaters. Typically, up to four or five can be daisy chained, each one adding a new stretch of 100 m, up to around 600 m in total. The repeaters themselves are powered from the incoming PoE source and also forward PoE to the connected call station. Multiple repeaters may need a PoE+ power source in order to still have adequate PoE power left for the call station. These extenders do not need mains power.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
19.3 19.4
i

Application notes | en 205
­ Some extenders provide a PoE point-to-point solution of up to 800 m with no mid-cable equipment and no far-end power source, but only for 100BASET Ethernet. As an exception to the rule that 1000BASET is needed, this may be used for edge devices only, such as a single call station without loop-through connection to other PRAESENSA devices. The maximum number of (multicast) OMNEO audio channels must be kept below 20 in order not to exceed the available network bandwidth. See section Connecting 100 Mbps-devices, page 204 for more information. See Longspan (http://www.veracityglobal.com/).
There are also Ethernet bridges on the market that can cover even longer distances and use CAT, coax or telephone wiring. Although they may have Gigabit Ethernet connections on the end-devices, they do not use 1000BASET Ethernet on the long distance interconnections but other (slower) communication links like VDSL. Do not use these kind of range extenders for PRAESENSA because they have too much packet arrival jitter and do not support PTP for synchronization of audio devices! For the same reason Wi-Fi or other wireless interfaces cannot be used.
Compatibility with other network data
Devices that use OMNEO/Dante/AES67 should never be used with active CobraNet devices on the same network to avoid disturbance of clocking data. If this is not possible, then use an additional VLAN to keep CobraNet devices separated. Make sure jumbo frames are not present on the network, because jumbo frames will increase the packet jitter to an unacceptable level. One packet in a jumbo frame can contain up to 9000 bytes which blocks the network too long for other traffic.
Static IP-binding
Many applications and devices support making connections via hostnames, so they don't need a fixed or static IPaddress to establish a connection. Using hostnames is easier to configure and maintain because it avoids IPaddress conflicts and makes hardware replacements more easy. However some applications do not (yet) support hostnames, they need an IPaddress to setup a connection.
Notice! The Bosch modular fire panel FPA5000 is able to control the PRAESENSA system via the Open Interface of the PRAESENSA system controller. This connection is called the Smart Safety Link and it creates an interface between the fire detection system and the voice alarm system. However, the FPA5000 only supports a static IPaddress to establish a connection and the PRAESENSA system controller does not support the configuration of a static IPaddress. Solving this problem requires a function called static IPbinding.
Configuring a static IPaddress in the system controller is not supported. It is not possible to use the Link Local address of the system controller or an address assigned by a DHCPserver because this address may change after a power cycle or reset. Even when the Ethernet switch with the DHCPserver is able to create a pool of only one IPaddress that would always be given to the device connected to a certain port of the switch, this solution would be useless, because the PRAESENSA system controller has two MACaddresses. The solution is to use a switch, such as the PRA-ES8P2S, that has a DHCPserver that supports static IPbinding to a MACaddress.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

206 en | Application notes

PRAESENSA

The PRAESENSA system controller has two MACaddresses: ­ The device MACaddress. This is the MACaddress, where the device hostname is derived
from, using the format `PRASCLxxxxxx', with xxxxxx being the last six hexadecimal digits of the device MACaddress. ­ The control C MACaddress. This is the physical address that is linked to the control hostname, although the control hostname itself is just the device hostname with an extension `ctrl.local'. This `PRASCLxxxxxxctrl.local' is the URL of the webserver in the system controller. The same control hostname is also used for the Open Interface. Both the MAC and the C MAC addresses are shown on the product label of the system controller. The C MACaddress is the physical address that is needed for IPbinding.

If the product label is inaccessible, then the following steps 13 will make the C MACaddress known. If the C MACaddress is already known these steps can be skipped. 1. The device hostname can be learned from the system configuration, in the System
composition web page, or from the Firmware upload tool. The control hostname is the device hostname extended with `ctrl.local'. 2. Then `ping' to the control hostname of the system controller from the Windows Command Prompt with a PC that is on the same network as the system controller and has an IPaddress in the same range, and supporting DNSSD. ­ For example, the system controller with control hostname PRASCL0b4864ctrl.local
appears to have an IPaddress 169.254.164.232. Hostnames are case-insensitive.

3. The control C MACaddress that belongs to this IPaddress will be added into the ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) table of the PC. Enter the command `arp -a' to look into this table. Look for the IPaddress that was found by pinging the control hostname, 169.254.164.232, and check its Physical Address: 001c440b5032. This is the C MACaddress of this system controller.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Application notes | en 207

4. Now login to the configuration web page of the Ethernet switch, in this case the PRAES8P2S, an OEM variant of the Advantech EKI7710G. Make sure that it contains firmware that supports client MAC settings, like the firmware file EKI7710G2CPAE10104.hex. Then enable the DHCPserver in the switch and define the global DHCPserver settings.
5. The next step is to go to the Client MAC Settings in the DHCP section and add the Client MACAddress. In this example 00:1c:44:0b:50:32 (replacing the dashes for semicolons). Then enter a static IPaddress for the PRAESENSA system controller outside the configured DHCPaddress range, which is the range between the Low IP Address and the High IP Address of the switch. In this case the IPaddress 192.168.1.99 is chosen, just below the DHCPaddress range.

6. After a successful entry this will show up as follows:

7. Save the new configuration and reboot the switch and all PRAESENSA equipment. Now the system controller will have a static IPaddress for the configuration webpages and the Open Interface: 192.168.1.99. All other PRAESENSA devices will get an IPaddress in the

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

208 en | Application notes

PRAESENSA

defined DHCP address range. The static IPaddress of the system controller will not show up in the Lease Entry table anymore. For confirmation, pinging to the control hostname of the system controller will now show its new static IP-address.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Troubleshooting | en 209

20
i

Troubleshooting
There are many possible causes for anomalous system behavior. In this section some are presented with maintenance actions focused on finding and solving the cause. In large systems it can be difficult to find the root cause of a problem. In that case it is often helpful to create a minimum size system with only the troubled device and the necessary devices to make it work, using short and proven cables. If the problem is absent, extend the system in steps until the problem shows up again.
Notice! Experience and analysis of repair shop data has revealed that in most cases system malfunction is not caused by defective devices, but by wiring errors, configuration errors and application errors. Read the product documentation carefully, especially the installation manual, the configuration manual and the release notes. If possible, use the latest software version (available as free download).
­ No system response ­ Cause: RSTP is switched off in the System settings, but there are loops in the network. This may result in a data broadcast storm that takes the entire network down. ­ Action: Recovery is only possible by disconnecting redundant loops and power cycle the whole system. It is not possible to leave the loops in the network and enable RSTP, because the system controller cannot be accessed to change the configuration.
­ Some or all devices are disconnected from the system controller ­ Cause: Wrong PreShared Key (PSK) is loaded into one or more of the devices. ­ Action: Login to the system controller and verify connected devices. Modify the PSK user name and key to correct the configured PSK. In case the PSK is not available anymore, the concerning devices need to be reset to factory default via the local reset key on the device. ­ Cause: Not all devices have the same firmware version uploaded. ­ Action: Check via the Firmware Upload Tool whether all devices have the same firmware and upload the correct version. ­ Cause: The number of looped through devices (hop count) is more than 21, start counting from the spanning tree root bridge. ­ Action: Reduce the number of looped through devices by changing the network topology. Make sure that no 3rd party Ethernet switch is used with default settings, because it will have a higher priority than the PRAESENSA devices or switches and thus take the role of spanning tree root bridge. ­ Cause: Failing or unreliable network connections. ­ Action: Make sure that the maximum length of an Ethernet link is not exceeded (100 m for copper connections), that no sharp bends are made in the cabling, that the maximum length of fiber connections is not exceeded, that SX and LX fiber converters are not mixed up, that the correct type of fiber is used for the mounted converters.
­ Devices not visible in Firmware Upload Tool ­ Cause: No security user present (PSK user name and key). ­ Action: Use secure connection via File menu and add the security user (PSK user name and key). In case the PSK is not available anymore, the concerning devices need to be reset to factory default via the local reset key on the device.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

210 en | Troubleshooting

PRAESENSA

­ Music control not available on a call station ­ Cause: The Music function is not enabled in Device Options of that call station. ­ Action: Enable the Music function for that call station. If the music source is connected to that call station, then also configure a BGM channel for the Audio input of that call station in Zone definition > BGM routing.
­ One or more amplifiers are not powered on ­ Cause: The amplifier does not receive power from the multifunction power supply or power supply module. ­ Action: Make sure the power supply is powered, that the power supply wiring is connected correctly and that power supply outputs are enabled in the configuration.
­ The system controller is not powered on ­ Cause: The system controller does not receive power from the multifunction power supply or power supply module. ­ Action: Make sure the power supply is powered, that the power supply wiring is connected correctly and that power supply outputs are enabled in the configuration.
­ One or more call stations are not powered on ­ Cause: The call station does not receive PoE-power from the multifunction power supply or switch. ­ Action: Make sure the power supply or switch is powered and that at least one of the call station Ethernet cables is connected to a port that provides PoE. The second port of the call station will not provide PoE power to a subsequent call station.
­ The yellow fault indicator on one of the devices lights up ­ Cause: There can be many reasons. ­ Action: A good way to start is to check the system fault log or the fault menu on the call station for a more detailed fault description.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
21
21.1
i

Maintenance and service | en 211
Maintenance and service
The PRAESENSA system requires minimum maintenance. To keep the system in good condition, see the following sections.
Preventive maintenance
Cleaning Wipe clean only with a dry or damp cloth.
Notice! Do not use alcohol, ammonia or petroleum solvents or abrasive cleaners to clean the devices.
Depending on the pollution degree in the operating environment, check at regular intervals that the air inlets for ventilation on the front side of the rack mount devices are not obstructed by dust. Use a dry cloth or a vacuum cleaner to remove dust. Operate devices within specifications When designing the PRAESENSA system, Bosch largely avoided using wear parts. The parts subject to wear and tear are dimensioned to last longer than the lifetime of the products when they are operated normally. Operate the devices within their specifications. Relays and fans are electromechanical components and are subject to natural wear. The relays in the amplifiers are used for spare channel switching and loudspeaker group A and B switching in case of failures. During normal operation the relays are hardly ever switched and the relays have a very long lifetime. The fans in the amplifiers and multifunction power supplies are temperature controlled and run on low speed most of the time, minimizing wear. Battery replacement The system controller has an internal lithium coin cell battery, model CR2032 (3 V, 225 mAh), in a battery holder. It is only used to power the internal real time clock (RTC) when the system controller is off. The lifetime of the battery is in that case more than 20 years. When the system controller is on, the RTC is powered from the external power supply and the CR2032 battery is not used, making the system insusceptible to spring contact bounce of the battery holder in case of heavy vibrations. See also Internal battery, page 65. Software updates Bosch continually works on improving and developing the software. Regularly check whether there is a new version of the software that provides additional benefits. Information and software downloads are available on the Bosch PRAESENSA product pages on the internet (www.boschsecurity.com). Regular maintenance Regularly (e.g. twice per year, or following local legislation) check the correct operation of the complete system, especially when the system is used as voice alarm system only without regular announcements or background music in the zones. ­ Check for changes in room occupation, requiring different sound settings or loudspeaker
positioning. ­ Check for changes of the environmental conditions and update the system if needed. ­ Use the Diagnose section of the configuration webpages to:

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

212 en | Maintenance and service

PRAESENSA

21.2 21.3
21.3.1

­ Check the amplifier load conditions for any changes compared to the previous measurement. A new load measurement will result in audible test tones in the zones under test. Preferably do the measurement when the zones are not occupied or announce upcoming tests to the occupants.
­ Check the battery impedance of all connected batteries for any change compared to the previous measurement. This allows for timely detection of battery aging.
Corrective maintenance
In case of fault reports, a qualified technician should perform: ­ Fault analysis; ­ Elimination of the part that causes the failure; ­ Replacement of the part; ­ Test of the associated functions.
Device replacement
In case one of the PRAESENSA devices in a system needs to be replaced, it is important to follow a strict sequence of actions to minimize downtime of the system or part of the system. The required actions differ per type of product.
System controller
To replace a defective system controller PRA-SCx in a running system proceed as follows:
Prepare the new system controller 1. Unpack the new system controller. 2. Supply power to the new system controller using any available 24 VDC power supply (e.g.
a PRA-PSM24 or a PRA-MPSx with an unused 24 V output). 3. Connect a (laptop) PC to the new system controller. 4. Start the PRAESENSA Firmware Upgrade Tool (FWUT) and upgrade the new system
controller to the required firmware version; this is the same version as the system is running in which this system controller will be used. ­ See the PRAESENSA configuration manual. 5. If the original configuration backup file and the message files are available on the installation PC, including the security keys, upload the system configuration backup file and the individual message files to the new system controller. ­ See the PRAESENSA configuration manual.
Exchange the system controller 1. Disconnect all cables from the original system controller. 2. Remove the original system controller from the rack and put the new system controller in
the rack. 3. Connect all cables to the new system controller. 4. Connect the PC to the system, either to a spare port of the system controller or to one of
the PRA-MPSx. 5. Depending on the availability of a backup configuration:
­ In case the backup from the old system was uploaded to the new system controller, update the configuration with the correct hostname of the new system controller.
­ In case no backup was available, start a new system configuration as described in the PRAESENSA configuration manual.
6. Restart the application on the new system controller. 7. Perform a system test. 8. Make a backup of the new configuration and store on a safe location.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
21.3.2

Maintenance and service | en 213
Amplifier
To replace a defective amplifier PRA-AD60x in a running system proceed as follows:
Prepare the new amplifier 1. Unpack the new amplifier (same model as the one to be replaced). 2. Supply power to the new amplifier using any available 48 VDC supply (e.g. a PRA-PSM48
or a PRA-MPSx with an unused 48 V output). 3. Connect a (laptop) PC to the new amplifier. 4. Start the PRAESENSA Firmware Upgrade Tool (FWUT) and upgrade the new amplifier to
the required firmware version; this is the same version as the original amplifier was using. ­ See the PRAESENSA configuration manual.
Exchange the amplifier 1. Disconnect all cables from the original amplifier:
­ First disconnect the lifeline connector. There is no audio signal on the lifeline input. ­ Then disconnect the Ethernet cables. The network link is lost, so the disconnected
lifeline input is activated. 2. Then disconnect the 48 VDC connectors. There is no audio signal, so the supply current is
low, reducing arc flashes. ­ Finally disconnect the audio outputs; make sure the loudspeaker cables are labeled
correctly. 3. Remove the original amplifier from the rack and put the new amplifier in the rack. 4. Connect all cables to the new amplifier:
­ First connect the lifeline, Ethernet and loudspeaker cables; make sure the loudspeaker cables are connected to the appropriate channel outputs. The amplifier is in sleep mode.
­ Then connect the 48 VDC connectors. The DC/DC converters are disabled, but the inrush current to charge the input capacitors may still cause a spark.
5. Connect the PC to the system, either to a spare port of the system controller or to one of the PRA-MPSx.
6. Go to the System composition web page and click Rediscover to discover the new amplifier. The amplifier is now discovered but not yet assigned.
7. The location of the original amplifier is still present and shows the hostname of the original amplifier.
8. Select under hostname the new hostname of the new amplifier. 9. Press the Submit button on the System definition page to add the new amplifier to the
configuration. 10. Press Save and restart to store and activate the new configuration. 11. Acknowledge and reset the faults in the system. If faults associated to the amplifier can
be acknowledged and reset, this means that the connection and configuration is correct. 12. The new amplifier is now operational. There is no need for measuring the connected
output loads again in Diagnose > Amplifier loads, because the system controller pushes the values of the original amplifier to the new amplifier. 13. Perform a test by making calls to the zones associated with the new amplifier and check the audio presence. 14. Make a backup of the new configuration and store on a safe location.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

214 en | Maintenance and service

PRAESENSA

21.3.3

Multifunction power supply
To replace a defective multifunction power supply PRA-MPSx in a running system proceed as follows:
Prepare the new multifunction power supply 1. Unpack the new multifunction power supply (same model as the one to be replaced). 2. Supply mains power to the new device. 3. Connect a (laptop) PC to the new multifunction power supply. 4. Start the PRAESENSA Firmware Upgrade Tool (FWUT) and upgrade the device to the
required firmware version; this is the same version as the original device was using. ­ See the PRAESENSA configuration manual.
Exchange the multifunction power supply 1. Disconnect all cables from the original device:
­ First disconnect the NTC temperature sensor. This will stop charging the battery. ­ Then disconnect the battery cables, the negative terminal first, followed by the
positive terminal. Be careful not to short circuit the battery. ­ Disconnect all control input and control output connectors. ­ Disconnect all Ethernet cables. ­ Then disconnect the mains cable. All connected amplifiers will turn off and a
connected system controller too, unless it is redundantly powered from another power supply. ­ Finally disconnect the 48 V cables to the amplifiers and the 24 V cables to other devices (if any). ­ If present, remove the FSP fiber transceiver from the original device for reuse. 2. Remove the original multifunction power supply from the rack and put the new device in the rack. 3. Connect all cables to the new device: ­ First connect the 48 V from the amplifiers and the 24 V cables (if any). ­ Then connect the mains cable. The amplifiers and other devices (if any) will be powered. ­ Finally connect the other cables: battery cables, temperature sensor, control inputs and outputs, Ethernet cables. ­ If it was present, insert the SFP fiber transceiver and connect the optical fibers. 4. Connect the PC to the system, either to a spare port of the system controller or to one of the PRA-MPSx. 5. Go to the System composition web page and click Rediscover to discover the new multifunction power supply. The multifunction power supply is now discovered but not yet assigned. 6. The location of the original multifunction power supply is still present and shows the hostname of the original device. 7. Select under hostname the new hostname of the new multifunction power supply. 8. Press the Submit button on the System definition page to add the device to the configuration. 9. Press Save and restart to store and activate the new configuration. 10. Acknowledge and reset the faults in the system. If faults associated to the multifunction power supply can be acknowledged and reset, this means that the connection and configuration is correct. 11. The new multifunction power supply is now operational. 12. Perform a test by making calls to the zones associated to amplifiers powered from the new multifunctional power supply and check the audio presence.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
21.3.4

Maintenance and service | en 215
13. Make a backup of the new configuration and store on a safe location.
Call station
To replace a defective call station in a running system proceed as follows:
Prepare the new call station 1. Unpack the new call station (same model as the one to be replaced). 2. Supply power to the call station by connecting it to a switch with PoE or a midspan
adapter. 3. Connect a (laptop) PC to the switch or midspan adapter. 4. Start the PRAESENSA Firmware Upgrade Tool (FWUT) and upgrade the new the new call
station to the required firmware version; this is the same version as the original call station was using. ­ See the PRAESENSA configuration manual.
Exchange the call station 1. Disconnect the Ethernet cables from the original call station. 2. Disconnect the bracket and the first loopthrough cable to the call station extensions. 3. Connect the call station extensions to the new call station and mount the bracket. 4. Connect the Ethernet cables to the new call station. 5. Connect the PC to the system, either to a spare port of the system controller or to one of
the PRA-MPSx. 6. Go to the System composition web page and click Rediscover to discover the new call
station. The call station is now discovered but not yet assigned. 7. The location of the original call station is still present and shows the hostname of the
original call station. 8. Select under hostname the new hostname of the new call station. 9. Press the Submit button on the System definition page to add the new call station to the
configuration. 10. Press Save and restart to store and activate the new configuration. 11. Acknowledge and reset the faults in the system. If faults associated to the call station can
be acknowledged and reset, this means that the connection and configuration is correct. 12. The new call station is now operational. 13. Perform a test by making some calls and check the audio presence. 14. Make a backup of the new configuration and store on a safe location.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

216 en | EN 54-16 / EN 54-4 compliance

PRAESENSA

22
22.1
22.2

EN 54-16 / EN 54-4 compliance
Compliance to the standards EN 5416 and EN 544 requires certain installation and configuration directions to be adhered to.
Introduction

The Bosch PRAESENSA system is designed to operate as a VACIE (Voice Alarm Control and Indicating Equipment), providing emergency announcement functions in accordance with the requirements of international standards, while also providing functions for business announcement and background music. The PRAESENSA VACIE includes one or more system controllers, multichannel amplifiers, desktop and wall mount emergency call stations, uninterruptable power supplies and network switches. Installers of the PRAESENSA VACIE shall review and understand the architecture and the installation and configuration processes of PRAESENSA in order to build up the PRAESENSA VACIE in compliance with EN 5416 and EN 544. This information is available in the PRAESENSA installation manual, with focus on the hardware, and the PRAESENSA configuration manual, with focus on the software.
Checklist

The EN 5416 / EN 544 compliance checklist gives installation and configuration directions for compliance to these standards. Each section of the checklist must be approved after installation for compliance (Y/N-field).

EN 5416 / EN 544 compliance checklist System architecture and compliance

Y/N:

PRAESENSA is a networked sound system in which all system elements are connected via OMNEO, the secure Bosch network protocol for audio and control on Ethernet. A system comprises several system elements, or devices. Some devices are intended for business operation only; they can be part of the PRAESENSA system, but should not be used for VACIE-functions in compliance to EN 5416 and EN 544. The Certificate of Constancy of Performance, 0560-CPR-182190000, issued by the Notified Body, applies to the construction product PRAESENSA VACIE, in compliance with Regulation 305/2011/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 March 2011, the Construction Products Regulation or CPR. All devices that are listed in this Certificate of Constancy of Performance can be used in the VACIE. As per December 2019, these are: PRA-SCL, PRA-AD604, PRA-AD608, PRA-EOL, PRA-MPS3, PRA-CSLD, PRA-CSLW, PRA-CSE, PRA-ES8P2S, PRA-SFPSX, PRA-SFPLX. ­ Understand the purpose of each device element and its function in the system. See
section System introduction, page 15. ­ Familiarize with the requirement clauses of the EN 5416 and EN 544 standards.

The following optional functions, with requirements, are included in PRAESENSA: ­ Audible warning (7.3) ­ Phased evacuation (7.5) ­ Manual silencing of the voice alarm condition (7.6.2) ­ Manual reset of the voice alarm condition (7.7.2) ­ Voice alarm condition output (7.9) ­ Indication of faults related to the transmission path to the CIE (8.3)

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

EN 54-16 / EN 54-4 compliance | en 217

EN 5416 / EN 544 compliance checklist
­ Indication of faults related to voice alarm zones (8.4) ­ Voice alarm manual control (10) ­ Interface to external control device(s) (11) ­ Emergency microphone(s) (12) ­ Redundant power amplifiers (13.14)

The following optional functions, with requirements, are not included in PRAESENSA: ­ Delay(s) to entering the voice alarm condition (7.4) ­ Output to fire alarm devices (7.8) ­ Disabled condition (9)

Installation and location

Y/N:

The Bosch PRAESENSA VACIE must be installed and commissioned by those who have completed the appropriate training courses conducted by Bosch Security Systems. Once the installation and commissioning process is complete, access to the VACIE is restricted to authorized personnel only. ­ Install equipment on locations in accordance with the access levels and provide
appropriate access restrictions. See section Location of racks and enclosures, page 20. ­ Make sure the location of the installation has sufficient ventilation to remove the
generated heat of the equipment. See section Mounting the 19"-rack devices, page 22. For standards compliance of the PRAESENSA VACIE, the devices, the interconnections to the Fire Detection System, network infrastructure, loudspeakers and loudspeaker wiring must be installed in accordance with the provisions of applicable standards and the directions provided in the Bosch PRAESENSA installation manual. ­ Use compliant equipment racks and cabinets only. See section Equipment racks and
cabinets, page 22. ­ Obey the cabling requirements and recommendations. See section Cable requirements,
page 24. Dual redundant interconnections must be used between system elements in separate cabinets or racks; within a rack it is recommended to use dual redundant interconnections. ­ Use the A and B power supply connections of all devices.

Network

Y/N:

Use a separate Ethernet network for PRAESENSA, not shared with other services, and do not use other network switches than the PRA-ES8P2S. ­ Respect the maximum system size. See section System size limits, page 30. ­ Do not deviate from recommended network switch settings and loop length. See section
Network switches, page 30. ­ Use shielded network cabling. See section Cable requirements, page 24. ­ Connect networked devices in a loop, with RSTP enabled. In case continuous event logging (beyond the possibilities and capacity provided by the system controller) is required, a logging PC must be installed on the PRAESENSA network. In that case the logging PC is considered as a basic element of the system.

Ethernet switch

Y/N:

The VACIE can use additional Ethernet switches for flexibility of the system connection topology.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

218 en | EN 54-16 / EN 54-4 compliance

PRAESENSA

EN 5416 / EN 544 compliance checklist

­ Do not use other switches than the PRA-ES8P2S. See section Ethernet switch (ES8P2S), page 174.
­ Do not use other fiber transceivers than the PRA-SFPLX and PRA-SFPSX. See section Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX), page 183.
­ When a PRA-ES8P2S is used, its fault output contact must be connected to a PRAESENSA control input, configured as `External fault input'. See section Fault relay connection, page 179.
­ The PRA-ES8P2S must be powered from a 48 V output of a PRA-MPS3 with battery backup. See section Power supply connection, page 178.

Emergency call station

Y/N:

The call stations PRA-CSLD or PRA-CSLW must be used in combination with one or more PRA-CSE call station extensions. Such a composed call station provides visible (LEDs, LCD) and audible (buzzer) indicators to unambiguously indicate the quiescent condition, the voice alarm condition and the fault warning condition with indications of the recognized faults. The system is capable of being simultaneously in the voice alarm condition and in the fault warning condition. The optional disabled condition is not supported. ­ To indicate the voice alarm condition and the fault warning condition, configure the call
station as an emergency call station. ­ Install an emergency call station in accordance with access level 2 and provide
appropriate access restrictions. See section Location of racks and enclosures, page 20. ­ The emergency call station must be network-connected in a loop with PoE power supply
on both network connections. See section Power over Ethernet, page 154. ­ Emergency call definitions must have a preconfigured priority in the emergency priority
range 224 - 255. Higher priorities overrule lower priorities in case of resource or destination conflicts. In case of the same priority the first call gets priority, but for priority 255 the last call gets priority. ­ If the VACIE uses multiple emergency call stations, the priorities between them must be arranged via the call definitions in the configuration. At any time only one microphone will be active in any zone. ­ To silence an audible warning manually, the emergency call station must be configured with buttons to acknowledge and reset the fault alarm and voice alarm condition.

Amplifier

Y/N:

The PRAESENSA power amplifiers have a builtin spare amplifier channel that takes over from a failing channel automatically. ­ Amplifier supervision must be enabled in the configuration. The amplifier to loudspeaker cabling must be supervised. ­ Use a PRA-EOL endofline device for each loudspeaker line to detect interrupted or
shorted loudspeaker lines. See section End-of-line device (EOL), page 104. ­ In case of Agroup and Bgroup wiring for a zone, use an endofline device for each
group. See sections Amplifier outputs, page 77 and Amplifier outputs, page 94.

Multifunction power supply

Y/N:

PRAESENSA uses multifunctional power supplies to provide power to the system devices. ­ Only use the PRA-MPS3 power supply with battery backup. See section Multifunction
power supply, large (MPS3), page 111.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

EN 54-16 / EN 54-4 compliance | en 219

EN 5416 / EN 544 compliance checklist

­ Make sure the battery size is sufficient for the required backup and alarm time during mains failures; use the calculation directions. See section Battery calculation, page 41.
­ Use a 12 V VRLA battery of capacity 100 - 230 Ah, marked with the type designation and date of manufacture; use the supplied battery cables or similar for proper battery impedance measurement. See section Battery and fuse, page 116.
­ Use the lifeline interconnections between the multifunction power supply and the connected amplifiers to enable the snooze mode for sufficient backup and alarm time. See section Lifeline, page 124.

VACIE control inputs and outputs

Y/N:

The PRA-MPS3 provides control inputs and outputs. The control inputs can be used as voice alarm inputs from the fire detection equipment, the Control and Indicating Equipment (CIE). ­ Control input connections for alarm purposes must be supervised, using endofline
resistors, to detect a cable short or interruption and prevent that this is perceived as a state change. See section Control inputs, page 130. ­ Emergency call definitions that are triggered from a control input must have a preconfigured priority in the emergency priority range 224 - 255. Higher priorities overrule lower priorities in case of resource or destination conflicts. In case of the same priority the first call gets priority, but for priority 255 the last call gets priority. ­ To silence an audible warning from the CIE, control inputs must be configured for the function to acknowledge and reset the fault alarm and voice alarm condition. ­ PRAESENSA control outputs are floating relay contacts without the ability to supervise the control output connections. The control outputs should not be used as outputs to fire alarm devices. Use control outputs of the CIE for that purpose. See section Control outputs, page 131.

Open interface

Y/N:

Next to control inputs and outputs and control via a call station with extensions, the PRAESENSA VACIE supports a TCP/IP based Open Interface with connection supervision for interfacing to external control device(s) such as standardized user interfaces required by local regulations. This interface only allows for access to level 1 and level 2 functions. Mandatory functions of the VACIE are not overridden. ­ An uncertified PC, connected via the Open Interface, shall not be used as the sole user
interface to put the VACIE in the voice alarm condition. ­ The Open Interface is only allowed to be used as interface between a CIE and the VACIE
in case of the Smart Safety Link between the Bosch FPA 5000 CIE and the Bosch PRAESENSA VACIE. ­ The Open Interface is allowed to be used with a PC on the same network for event logging purposes, including the possibility to acknowledge and/or reset the fault alarm condition and the voice alarm condition.

Rack label

Y/N:

The proper functioning of the VACIE in accordance with EN 5416 is the joint responsibility of the manufacturer of the system elements and the installer. The system elements and documentation for installation and configuration are reviewed, tested and certified for compliance by a Notified Body. The installer is responsible for the correct design, installation, interconnection, configuration and maintenance of the system for compliance to EN 5416 and EN 544.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

220 en | EN 54-16 / EN 54-4 compliance

PRAESENSA

22.3

EN 5416 / EN 544 compliance checklist
­ After installation and configuration of the PRAESENSA system, all sections of this checklist must have been positively approved. Then the VACIE rack label that is delivered with the PRAESENSA system controller must be affixed to the door of the rack containing the system controller.
Refer to ­ System introduction, page 15 ­ Location of racks and enclosures, page 20 ­ Mounting the 19"-rack devices, page 22 ­ Equipment racks and cabinets, page 22 ­ Cable requirements, page 24 ­ System size limits, page 30 ­ Network switches, page 30 ­ Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3), page 111 ­ Battery calculation, page 41 ­ Battery and fuse, page 116 ­ Lifeline, page 124 ­ End-of-line device (EOL), page 104 ­ Amplifier outputs, page 77 ­ Amplifier outputs, page 94 ­ Ethernet switch (ES8P2S), page 174 ­ Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX), page 183 ­ Fault relay connection, page 179 ­ Power supply connection, page 178 ­ Control inputs, page 130 ­ Control outputs, page 131 ­ Power over Ethernet, page 154
Rack label

0560
Bosch Security Systems B.V. Torenallee 49
5617 BA Eindhoven The Netherlands 19
0560 - CPR - 182190000 DoP: GO002945v2
EN 54-4:1997 + A1:2002 + A2:2006 EN 54-16:2008
Intended use: Fire safety
Public Address and Voice Alarm system
PRAESENSA

Visit the PRAESENSA section of https://www.boschsecurity.com for

- Provided options - Declarations - Certificates

- Technical information - Installation manual - Configuration manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
23
23.1
23.2

ISO 7240-16 / ISO 7240-4 compliance | en 221

ISO 7240-16 / ISO 7240-4 compliance
Compliance to the standards ISO 724016 and ISO 72404 requires certain installation and configuration directions to be adhered to.
Introduction
The Bosch PRAESENSA system is designed to operate as a VACIE (Voice Alarm Control and Indicating Equipment) or s.s.c.i.e. (sound system control and indicating equipment), providing emergency announcement functions in accordance with the requirements of international standards, while also providing functions for business announcement and background music. Because the standards ISO 724016 and ISO 72404 are very similar to the standards EN 5416 and EN 544 respectively, only the additional requirements are listed in this chapter.

Installers of the PRAESENSA s.s.c.i.e. shall review and understand the architecture and the installation and configuration processes of PRAESENSA in order to build up the PRAESENSA VACIE in compliance with ISO 724016 and ISO 72404. This information is available in the PRAESENSA installation manual, with focus on the hardware, and the PRAESENSA configuration manual, with focus on the software.

Checklist

The installer must use the checklist for EN 5416 / EN 544 (see chapter EN 54-16 / EN 54-4 compliance, page 216) before proceeding with this checklist for ISO 724016 / ISO 72404. The checklist for EN 5416 / EN 544 compliance and this supplementary checklist for ISO 724016 / ISO 72404 combined provide the installation and configuration directions for compliance to ISO 724016 / ISO 72404. Each section of the checklist must be approved after installation for compliance (Y/Nfield).

ISO 724016 / ISO 72404 compliance checklist (supplementary to the EN54-16 / EN 54-4 checklist)
System compliance

Y/N:

ISO 7240-16:2007 specifies the requirements, test methods and performance criteria for sound system control and indicating equipment (s.s.c.i.e.) for use in buildings and structures as part of a sound system for emergency purposes (s.s.e.p.) as defined in ISO 7240-1. The s.s.c.i.e. is primarily intended to broadcast information for the protection of lives within one or more specified areas in an emergency, to effect a rapid and orderly mobilization of occupants in an indoor or outdoor area. ISO 72404:2017 specifies requirements, test methods and performance criteria for power supply equipment (PSE) for use in fire detection and alarm systems installed in buildings.

PRAESENSA is a networked sound system in which all system elements are connected via OMNEO, the secure Bosch network protocol for audio and control on Ethernet. A system comprises several system elements, or devices. Some devices are intended for business operation only; they can be part of the PRAESENSA system, but should not be used for s.s.c.i.e.-functions.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

222 en | ISO 7240-16 / ISO 7240-4 compliance

PRAESENSA

ISO 724016 / ISO 72404 compliance checklist (supplementary to the EN54-16 / EN 54-4 checklist)
The PRAESENSA sound system control and indicating equipment (s.s.c.i.e.) has been tested by a Notified Body. As per May 2020, to be in compliance to ISO 724016:2007 and ISO 72404:2017, a PRAESENSA system may use the following devices: PRA-SCL, PRAAD604, PRA-AD608, PRA-EOL, PRA-MPS3, PRA-CSLD, PRA-CSLW, PRA-CSE, PRA-ES8P2S, PRA-SFPSX and PRA-SFPLX. ­ Understand the purpose of each device element and its function in the system. See
section System introduction, page 15. ­ Familiarize with the requirement clauses of the ISO 724016 and ISO 72404 standards.

The following optional functions, with requirements, are included in PRAESENSA: ­ Alert signal (7.2) ­ Audible warning (7.5) ­ Phased evacuation (7.7) ­ Silencing of the voice-alarm condition with a manual control (7.8.2) ­ Reset of the voice-alarm condition with a manual control (7.9.2) ­ Voice alarm condition output signal (7.11) ­ Faults related to the transmission path to the emergency detection system (8.2.6.1) ­ Faults related to emergency loudspeaker zones (8.2.6.2) ­ Manual mode control (11) ­ Indication of emergency-loudspeaker zones in the fault-warning condition (11.3) ­ Interface to external control device(s) (12) ­ Emergency microphone (13) ­ Microphone priority (13.2) ­ Microphone emergency-loudspeaker-zone control (13.3) ­ Redundant power amplifiers (14.14)

The following optional functions, with requirements, are not included in PRAESENSA: ­ Delay to entering the voice alarm condition (7.6) ­ Output to alarm devices (7.10) ­ Disabled condition (9) ­ Disablement-condition output (9.4) ­ Test condition (10) ­ Indication of emergency-loudspeaker zones in the disabled condition (11.4)

Alert and evacuate signals

Y/N:

Select and configure an alert signal that is in compliance with ISO 7731 from the set of available signals that PRAESENSA offers or have such a signal created as a wavfile. The preferred signal and required sound pressure level depend on the actual application, as the parameters of the danger signal (signal level, frequency spectrum, temporal pattern, etc.) shall be designed to stand out from all other sounds in the reception area and shall be distinctly different from any other signals. The sound pressure level shall be at least 65 dBA at any position in the signal reception area, while being at least 15 dB above Aweighted ambient noise, but it may not exceed 118 dBA. The danger signal shall include frequency components between 500 Hz and 2500 Hz. Pulsating danger signals are preferred to signals that are constant in time, while the repetition frequencies shall be in the range from 0.5 Hz to 4 Hz. Examples of compliant multisinewave tones that are available for PRAESENSA are:

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

ISO 7240-16 / ISO 7240-4 compliance | en 223

ISO 724016 / ISO 72404 compliance checklist (supplementary to the EN54-16 / EN 54-4 checklist)

­ Alarm_MS_1200-500Hz_100%_10x1s.wav ­ Alarm_MS_970+630Hz_100%_10x(0.5+0.5)s.wav The evacuate signal shall include the tone signal and pre-recorded voice messages, as specified in ISO 8201. PRAESENSA offers dedicated ISO 8201 compliant evacuate signals, that have the temporal pattern as described by ISO 8201. Examples of compliant multisinewave tones that are available for PRAESENSA are: ­ Alarm_MS_800-970Hz_38%_3x(0.5+0.5)s+1s.wav ­ Alarm_MS_970Hz_38%_3x(0.5+0.5)s+1s.wav Make sure that the sound pressure level of the evacuate signal is at least 65 dBA, or 75 dBA if the signal is intended to arouse sleeping occupants. ISO 8201 does not specify prerecorded voice messages, but PRAESENSA offers the possibility to store and select custom voice messages to satisfy specific mandated requirements. Configure a call definition to set up a sequence of tones and messages with repetition options and to assign such a call to a button or input contact to commence. Where a voice signal is used as part of the alert signal, the alert signal shall precede the first pre-recorded voice message for 3 s to 10 s. This can be accomplished by configuring an appropriate, ISO 7731 compliant, alert signal as start tone in the PRAESENSA call definition. Successive alert signals and messages shall then continue until either automatically or manually changed or silenced. This can be accomplished by configuring the appropriate alert signal and voice message as sequential messages in the PRAESENSA call definition with infinite repetitions. The voice message(s) and alert tone(s) must be short enough to make sure that the interval between successive messages does not exceed 30 s and silence periods do not exceed 10 s. Where an alert signal is used as part of an automatic evacuation plan, it should precede the evacuate signal and may include voice messages. Use separate call definitions for the alert and evacuate signals, with or without voice messages, and make sure that the evacuation call has a higher priority than the alert call, addressing the same zones. Upon starting the evacuation call, the alert call is automatically stopped, or interrupted when the alert call is configured to return after being overruled. See also Phased evacuation in this checklist.

Fault warning

Y/N:

To indicate the fault warning condition, use one or more output contacts (on the PRA-MPS3) and configure them as Fault alarm buzzer, Fault alarm indicator and/or System fault indicator. These contacts have failsafe behavior: when de-energized, the contacts of these outputs are closed (activated).

Audible warning

Y/N:

The audible warning shall be silenced automatically when the s.s.c.i.e. is reset from the voice alarm condition. PRAESENSA silences the audible warning signal upon acknowledge of the voice alarm condition. Combine the acknowledge and reset into a single action in the configuration to make the acknowledge implicit upon resetting the voice alarm condition.

Phased evacuation

Y/N:

Phased evacuation can be accomplished in various ways with PRAESENSA: ­ By phased triggering of input contacts (configured for the function Make
announcement) by the c.i.e. that start separate alarm calls to different zones. Such calls can also be started via the Open Interface.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

224 en | ISO 7240-16 / ISO 7240-4 compliance

PRAESENSA

23.3

ISO 724016 / ISO 72404 compliance checklist (supplementary to the EN54-16 / EN 54-4 checklist)

­ By phased triggering of the same call for different zones; subsequent triggers after the first one will extend the running call with additional zones. Configure the input contact to Start phased announcement. This has the advantage that only one instance of a message player is occupied, regardless of the number of zones or zone groups that are added later.
A (phased) call can be overruled manually by starting a call with a higher priority. The lower priority call must be configured (in its call definition) to continue after an interruption in order to resume automatically.

Rack label

Y/N:

The proper functioning of the s.s.c.i.e. in accordance with ISO 724016 is the joint responsibility of the manufacturer of the system elements and the installer. The system elements and documentation for installation and configuration are reviewed, tested and certified for compliance by a Notified Body. The installer is responsible for the correct design, installation, interconnection, configuration and maintenance of the system for compliance to ISO 724016 and ISO 72404. After installation and configuration of the PRAESENSA system, all sections of this checklist must have been positively approved. Then the s.s.c.i.e. rack label that is delivered with the PRAESENSA system controller must be affixed to the door of the rack containing the system controller.

Refer to ­ EN 54-16 / EN 54-4 compliance, page 216 ­ System introduction, page 15
Rack label

Bosch Security Systems B.V. Torenallee 49
5617 BA Eindhoven The Netherlands

ISO 7240-4:2017 ISO 7240-16:2007

Intended use: Fire safety

Public Address and Voice Alarm system
PRAESENSA

Visit the PRAESENSA section of https://www.boschsecurity.com for

- Provided options - Declarations - Certificates

- Technical information - Installation manual - Configuration manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

DNV-GL type approval | en 225

24
24.1
24.2

DNV-GL type approval
DNVGL type approval for PRAESENSA systems installed on vessels requires certain installation and configuration directions to be adhered to.
Introduction
The Bosch PRAESENSA system is designed to operate as a PA/GA (Public Address/General Alarm) system, providing emergency announcement functions in accordance with the requirements of international standards, while also providing functions for business announcement and background music.

The PRAESENSA PA/GA system includes system controllers, multichannel amplifiers, desktop and wall mount emergency call stations, uninterruptable power supplies and network switches. Installers of the PRAESENSA PA/GA system shall review and understand the architecture and the installation and configuration processes of PRAESENSA in order to build up the system in compliance with DNVGL type approval requirements. This information is available in the PRAESENSA installation manual, with focus on the hardware, and the PRAESENSA configuration manual, with focus on the software.
Checklist

In this checklist specific issues that require special attention from the installers when installing a PRAESENSA PA/GA system are described. Each section of the checklist must be approved after installation for compliance (Y/N-field).

System compliance

DNVGL PA/GA compliance checklist

Y/N:

PRAESENSA is a networked sound system in which all system elements are connected via OMNEO, the secure Bosch network protocol for audio and control on Ethernet. A system comprises several system elements, or devices. The Type Approval Certificate TAA00002RC, issued by DNV-GL, certifies that PRAESENSA is found to comply with: ­ DNV GL rules for classification - Ships, offshore units, and high speed and light craft ­ IMO Res. A.694(17) General requirements for shipborne radio equipment forming part
of the global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS) and for electronic navigational aids ­ IMO A.1021(26) Code on alerts and indicators (2009) ­ LSA Code VII 7.2 ­ IMO MSC/Circ. 808 Recommendation on performance standards for public address systems on passenger ships, including cabling (2017) Products approved by this certificate are accepted for installation on all vessels classed by DNVGL. The PRAESENSA Public Address and General Alarm system can be installed as either: ­ PA system only ­ GA system only ­ Integrated PA and GA system The PRAESENSA system may be used on cargo ships, passenger vessels, high-speed and light craft and mobile offshore units for compliance with the following codes/rules/regulations: ­ SOLAS

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

226 en | DNV-GL type approval

PRAESENSA

DNVGL PA/GA compliance checklist

­ HSC Code ­ MODU Code ­ DNVGL Statutory Interpretations [July 2015] PRAESENSA PA/GA installations that are used for GAfunctions shall only use products that are listed in the PRAESENSA Type Approval Certificate TAA00002RC. In case extension of the PRAESENSA system requires other equipment, the following restrictions apply: ­ The equipment must be approved by Bosch Security Systems for use with PRAESENSA ­ The equipment must have DNVGL Type Approval

Location

Y/N:

The following location requirements for installation must be taken into account: ­ The PRAESENSA equipment can be installed in one of the main area locations on board
in accordance with the Class Guideline DNVGLCG0339 and the location class of each product, as indicated on the DNVGL certificate. ­ Call stations with functions for activation of emergency PA and GA are to be installed in locations with controlled access. ­ To prevent acoustic feedback (`howling'), do not mount a zone loudspeaker close to a call station when that loudspeaker may receive calls from that call station. Because a PRAESENSA call station has a builtin monitor loudspeaker (that is switched off while the microphone is open) there is also no need for an overhead zone loudspeaker. ­ The following safe distance to the standard magnetic compass must be considered for the PRA-CSLD, PRA-CSLW and PRA-CSE: > 85 cm (> 34 in). ­ The following safe distance to the steering magnetic compass must be considered for the PRA-CSLD, PRA-CSLW and PRA-CSE: > 55 cm (> 22 in). ­ Other PRAESENSA products are not to be positioned in the vicinity of a magnetic compass.

Installation

Y/N:

The following installation restrictions apply: ­ When separate PA and GA systems are installed, no single fault tolerance is required as
the combination of both systems provides redundancy. ­ For a system used for PA on passenger vessels or used for integrated PA and GA on any
vessel, essential parts of the system shall be duplicated (A+B systems). Various duplications are possible with PRAESENSA, like system controller redundancy, double network connections, A/B loudspeaker cabling and power supplies with battery backup facilities. Other duplications are already integrated in PRAESENSA, like spare amplifier channels and redundant power converters. Information about duplication of essential parts of a system is available in the PRAESENSA installation manual. ­ When used for passenger vessels, the A+B systems are to be installed in separate fire zones. ­ When used for cargo vessels, the system may be installed on one location, but it must be installed with single fault tolerance. ­ When used for a combined PA/GA system, as a minimum two independent speaker runs A and B are required with interleaved loudspeakers, or the loudspeakers must be connected in closed loop between zone group outputs A and B. ­ For ongoing announcements during a switchover from the duty system controller to the backup system controller the following should be taken into account:

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

DNV-GL type approval | en 227

DNVGL PA/GA compliance checklist

­ Automated GA emergency alarm activation should always be done via PRAESENSA control inputs (contact closure) to ensure that the GA emergency alarm continues after switchover. It is not allowed to activate GA emergency alarms from a call station.
­ For manual emergency PA announcements (using the PTT button on a call station or panel), it is accepted that the announcement is terminated after a switchover and must be reinitiated by the user.
­ A call station capable of issuing GA and emergency PA shall be connected to both system controllers (duty and backup). This is automatically achieved by connecting all PRAESENSA devices in the same subnet of the network and configuring both system controllers as a redundant pair.
­ The following power management options are allowed: ­ Connection to a mains and emergency source of power are handled by an Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) outside the PRAESENSA system. ­ Connection to a mains source of power is handled by PRA-MPS3 devices, that have a battery connected of sufficient capacity.
­ Output contacts shall be used to override local muting or local volume controls (at or near the speakers) during a GA and emergency PA announcement. See Control outputs, page 131 section of this manual.
­ Emergency PA shall have a priority higher than GA, otherwise it is not possible to have an emergency PA announcement when GA is already running. General (business) PA should have a priority that is lower than GA and emergency PA.
­ Any call station that is not used for emergency PA activation shall have a lower priority than GA.
­ Call stations with functions for activation of emergency PA and GA shall be provided with means to avoid unintended use. Each configured button of a PRA-CSE call station extension for such a call station must have a clear descriptive label to identify its function. To protect buttons from being pushed accidentally, a button cap must be mounted on each button that can activate an emergency function. See sections Labeling, page 168 and Mounting a button cap, page 170 of this manual.
­ In order to reset a GA emergency alarm as a default single button action, a combined Acknowledge/Reset action must be configured for that button to prevent that two buttons need to be pressed separately. In addition, by selecting Reset aborts active emergency calls for that button, the reset action will not be blocked by emergency calls that are still active.

Cabling

Y/N:

Cables and wiring serving internal communications or signals should, as far as practicable, be routed clear of galleys, laundries, machinery spaces of category A and their casings, and other high fire risk areas unless serving those spaces. Where possible, all such cables should be run in such a manner so as to preclude that they are being rendered unserviceable by heating of the bulkheads that may be caused by a fire in an adjacent space. All areas of each fire zone should be served by at least two dedicated loudspeaker runs sufficiently separated throughout their length.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

228 en | DNV-GL type approval

PRAESENSA

DNVGL PA/GA compliance checklist
Using loop wiring with entry into a fire compartment from two different sides, often the use of fire resistant cables can be evaded. But in case fire resistant cables are specified within the system design, these cables are available on the market with DNVGL Type Approval, for loudspeaker and power cabling, as well as for short distance CAT6A network cabling and for longer distance glass optical fiber cabling.
Refer to ­ Control outputs, page 131 ­ Labeling, page 168 ­ Mounting a button cap, page 170

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
25
25.1

Architects' and engineers' specifications | en 229
Architects' and engineers' specifications
This chapter provides the architects' and engineers' specifications of the PRAESENSA system and the individual devices.
System
Architects' and engineers' specifications - PRAESENSA system The Public Address and Voice Alarm System shall be fully IPnetwork based. All system devices such as system controller, amplifiers and call stations shall communicate via IP, using an Audio over IP (AoIP) protocol that supports AES67 for audio and using AES70 for control, with encryption and authentication to prevent unauthorized access, misuse and modification of data. The audio part shall support Layer 3 connections via routers between subnets with latency of less than 10 ms and synchronized outputs. The control data part shall be guaranteed by Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) Layer 4. The system shall support >100 simultaneous channels for music routing and making calls, using an uncompressed, highdefinition digital audio format with 24bit sample size and 48 kHz sample rate. A system based on a single system controller shall support at least 200 system devices and 500 zones.
System functionality shall be defined in software, allowing for regular updates for functional and/or security improvements. The system software shall run on the system controller with additional firmware on other system devices for devicerelated functions. Upload and installation of new firmware into the system devices shall be secure. System configuration shall be possible using a standard web browser, connected to the embedded webserver in the system controller, using HTTPS (HTTP Secure) communication. It shall support multiple access levels with associated access rights. After completion of the system configuration, no connection to a PC shall be required for operation. It shall be possible to connect a backup system controller for dual redundancy with automatic fail-over. The system software shall support the discovery and assignment of all system devices in a system and the individual configuration of each device. The system software shall support configurable call definitions for user calls and related actions that can be assigned to virtual and/or real control inputs and call station buttons. A call definition shall define the following: priority, start and end tones with volume setting, an audio input for live speech insertion with volume setting, a message or sequence of messages with a number of repetitions and volume setting, maximum call duration and optional automatic scheduling with duration and interval. The system software shall permit uploading of individual wavfiles for messages and tones to the system controller, with integrity supervision of stored wavfiles. It shall support zone definition and zone grouping with amplifier channel to zone assignment. The system software shall configure and control all device inputs and outputs in the system, including audio processing functions, operation modes, assigned functions and connections and the supervision thereof. The system shall include diagnosis and logging software, supporting different modes of inquiry, including call events and fault events. It shall be possible to view fault events, collected by the system controller, on a call station screen, including the fault status of connected third party equipment. It shall be possible to acknowledge and reset faults and alarm states, and to log these actions. The system devices shall be certified for EN 54 / ISO 7240, marked for CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The system shall be a Bosch PRAESENSA system.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

230 en | Architects' and engineers' specifications

PRAESENSA

25.2 25.3

System controller (SCL, SCM, SCS)
Architects' and engineers' specifications The IPnetworked system controller shall be designed exclusively for use with Bosch PRAESENSA systems. The system controller shall dynamically assign network audio channels for audio routing between system devices across multiple subnets. It shall support >100 simultaneous High Definition audio channels (24bit, 48 kHz) for music routing and making calls, with encryption and authentication to protect against eavesdropping and hacking. It shall be capable of receiving Dante and AES67 audio streams. The system controller shall provide an interface for control data and multichannel digital audio over OMNEO using an integrated 5port Ethernet switch for redundant network connections, supporting RSTP and loopthrough cabling. The system controller shall have dual power supply inputs and power supplies. The system controller shall manage all devices in the system to provide the configured system functions. It shall incorporate a supervised storage for message and tone files with networked playback of up to eight streams simultaneously. It shall keep an internal log of fault events and call events. The system controller shall provide a secure TCP/IP open interface for remote control and diagnostics. The system controller shall provide front-panel LED indications for the status of power supplies and the presence of faults in the system and provide additional software monitoring and fault reporting features. The system controller shall be rack mountable (1U). It shall be possible to connect a backup system controller for dual redundancy with automatic failover. The system controller shall be certified for EN 54-16 / ISO 7240-16, marked for CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The system controller shall be a Bosch PRA-SCL.
Amplifier, 600W 4-channel (AD604)
Architects' and engineers' specifications The IPnetworked 4channel amplifier shall be designed exclusively for use with Bosch PRAESENSA systems. The amplifier shall adapt the maximum output power of each amplifier channel to its connected loudspeaker load, with free assignable output power per channel for a total maximum of 600 watt per amplifier, supporting 70 V or 100 V operation with direct drive capability and outputs that are galvanically insulated from ground. The amplifier shall have a builtin independent spare amplifier channel for automatic failover. The amplifier shall provide an interface for control data and multichannel digital audio over OMNEO using dual Ethernet ports for redundant network connection, supporting RSTP and loopthrough cabling, with automatic failover to an analog lifeline input. The amplifier shall have dual power supply inputs and power supplies. All amplifier channels shall have independent A/B zone outputs with support for classA loudspeaker loops. All amplifier channels shall supervise the integrity of connected loudspeaker lines without interruption of audio distribution. The amplifier shall provide frontpanel LED status indications for the network link, ground fault, power supplies and audio channels, and provide additional software monitoring and fault reporting features. The amplifier shall be rack mountable (1U) and feature software-configurable signal processing including level control, parametric equalization, limiting and delay for each channel. The amplifier shall be certified for EN 54-16 / ISO 7240-16, marked for CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The amplifier shall be a Bosch PRA-AD604.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Architects' and engineers' specifications | en 231

25.4
25.5 25.6

Amplifier, 600W 8-channel (AD608)
Architects' and engineers' specifications The IPnetworked 8channel amplifier shall be designed exclusively for use with Bosch PRAESENSA systems. The amplifier shall adapt the maximum output power of each amplifier channel to its connected loudspeaker load, with free assignable output power per channel for a total maximum of 600 watt per amplifier, supporting 70 V or 100 V operation with direct drive capability and outputs that are galvanically insulated from ground. The amplifier shall have a builtin independent spare amplifier channel for automatic failover. The amplifier shall provide an interface for control data and multi-channel digital audio over OMNEO using dual Ethernet ports for redundant network connection, supporting RSTP and loopthrough cabling, with automatic failover to an analog lifeline input. The amplifier shall have dual power supply inputs and power supplies. All amplifier channels shall have independent A/B zone outputs with support for class-A loudspeaker loops. All amplifier channels shall supervise the integrity of connected loudspeaker lines without interruption of audio distribution. The amplifier shall provide frontpanel LED status indications for the network link, ground fault, power supplies and audio channels, and provide additional software monitoring and fault reporting features. The amplifier shall be rack mountable (1U) and feature softwareconfigurable signal processing including level control, parametric equalization, limiting and delay for each channel. The amplifier shall be certified for EN 54-16 / ISO 7240-16, marked for CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The amplifier shall be a Bosch PRA-AD608.
End-of-line device (EOL)
Architects' and engineers' specifications The endofline device shall be designed exclusively for use with Bosch PRAESENSA systems. The endofline device shall only require a connection with the end of the loudspeaker line to supervise its integrity. Supervision reliability shall not depend on the number of connected loudspeakers. Supervision shall be inaudible and not interrupt audio content. The endofline device shall be certified for EN 54-16 / ISO 7240-16, marked for CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The endofline device shall be a Bosch PRA-EOL.
Multifunction power supply, large (MPS3)
Architects' and engineers' specifications The IPnetworked multifunction power supply shall be designed exclusively for use with Bosch PRAESENSA systems. The multifunction power supply shall contain four independent mains power supplies with power factor correction and dual output connection facilities to power up to three 600 W amplifiers and to power a system controller and two call stations. The multifunction power supply shall have an integrated battery charger for a connected battery, and independent converters to use the battery as a backup power source for all connected loads in case of mains failures. Failover to the backup battery shall be without interruption of output power. It shall use a single 12 V VRLA backup battery to eliminate the need for battery balancing, while maximizing battery lifetime and power density. The multifunction power supply shall have eight general purpose control inputs with connection supervision and eight voltage free control outputs. The multifunction power supply shall provide an interface for control data and to receive a backup audio channel over OMNEO using an integrated 6port Ethernet switch for redundant network connections, supporting RSTP and loopthrough cabling. Two ports shall have PoE to provide redundant power to a call station. The backup audio channel shall be available as analog lifeline to connected amplifiers. The multifunction

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

232 en | Architects' and engineers' specifications

PRAESENSA

25.7 25.8

power supply shall provide frontpanel LED indications for status of the power supply sections, mains and battery, network link and fault presence, and provide additional software monitoring and fault reporting features. The multifunction power supply shall be rack mountable (2U). The multifunction power supply shall be certified for EN 54-4 / ISO 7240-4, marked for CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The multifunction power supply shall be a Bosch PRA-MPS3.
Ambient noise sensor (ANS)
Architects' and Engineers' Specifications The IPnetworked ambient noise sensor shall be designed exclusively for use with Bosch PRAESENSA systems. It shall provide an interface for control data over OMNEO using Ethernet. It shall receive Power over Ethernet (PoE) via its network connection. The ambient noise sensor shall have an integrated DSP for software configurable frequency response adjustments to optimize tracking of disturbing noise signals and/or to minimize the influence of nondisturbing outofband signals. It shall be IP54 classified for solid particle and liquid ingress protection. The ambient noise sensor shall be certified for EN 5416 and ISO 724016, marked for CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The ambient noise sensor shall be a Bosch PRA-ANS.
LCD call station (CSLD, CSLW)
Architects' and engineers' specifications The IPnetworked desktop call station shall be designed exclusively for use with Bosch PRAESENSA systems. The desktop call station shall provide an interface for control data and multichannel digital audio over OMNEO using dual Ethernet ports for redundant network connection, supporting RSTP and loopthrough cabling. It shall receive Power over Ethernet (PoE) via either one or both network connections. The desktop call station shall provide a backlit fullcolor capacitive touch panel LCD as user interface for business and evacuation purposes. The desktop call station shall accept up to four optional extensions, each offering 12 configurable buttons for zone selection and other purposes. It shall provide control and routing of live speech calls, stored messages and music with volume control per zone. The desktop call station shall have a gooseneck cardioid microphone for live calls and a 3.5 mm jack line level input for background music, and provide softwareconfigurable signal processing including sensitivity control, parametric equalization and limiting. The desktop call station shall be certified for EN 54-16 / ISO 7240-16, marked for CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The desktop call station shall be a Bosch PRA-CSLD.
Architects' and engineers' specifications The IPnetworked wallmount call station shall be designed exclusively for use with Bosch PRAESENSA systems. The wallmount call station shall provide an interface for control data and multichannel digital audio over OMNEO using dual Ethernet ports for redundant network connection, supporting RSTP and loop-through cabling. It shall receive Power over Ethernet (PoE) via either one or both network connections. The wallmount call station shall provide a backlit fullcolor capacitive touch panel LCD as user interface for business and evacuation purposes. The wallmount call station shall accept up to four optional call station extensions, each offering 12 configurable buttons for zone selection and other purposes. It shall provide control and routing of live speech calls, stored messages and music with volume control per zone. The wallmount call station shall have a handheld omnidirectional microphone for live calls and a 3.5 mm jack line level input for background music, and provide softwareconfigurable signal processing including sensitivity control, parametric equalization and

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA

Architects' and engineers' specifications | en 233

25.9 25.10
25.11

limiting. The wallmount call station shall be certified for EN 54-16 / ISO 7240-16, marked for CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The wallmount call station shall be a Bosch PRA-CSLW.
Call station extension (CSE)
Architects' and engineers' specifications The call station extension shall be designed exclusively for use with Bosch PRAESENSA systems. The call station extension shall offer electrical and mechanical connection facilities for use with a desktop or wallmount call station. It shall provide 12 configurable buttons for zone selection and other purposes. Each button has tactile feedback and a light ring activation indicator, complemented with a set of multicolor LEDs for function related status indications. The call station extension shall have a removable front cover to put language independent button labels behind the front cover. The call station extension shall be certified for EN 54-16 / ISO 7240-16, marked for CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The call station extension shall be a Bosch PRA-CSE.
Public address server (APAS)
Architects' and Engineers' Specifications The advanced public address server shall be an industrial PC acting as a server for the public address system, to add advanced business related public address functions, using connected operator devices. Its preinstalled and licensed software shall allow connected operator devices to control announcements and background music in selected zones, streaming from its own internal memory or from external music portals and Internet radio stations. It shall offer announcement creation and control facilities to the operator to address selected zones, including message scheduling, live call recording with premonitoring and playback, and multilingual texttospeech calls, using online conversion services. For security reasons the server shall have two Ethernet ports to connect the device to two different local area networks, one secure network for the public address system, and one corporate network with access to the operator devices and the Internet. It shall have an integrated web server to allow operator devices to be platform independent and use a browser to access the server. The server shall be able to stream up to 10 high quality audio channels into the public address system, using the AES67 protocol. The server shall be marked for UL and CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. It shall be optimized for use with a Bosch PRAESENSA system for public address purposes. The advanced public address server shall be a Bosch PRA-APAS.
Public address license (APAL)
Architects' and Engineers' Specifications The advanced public address license is a code for a single operator device to connect to and access an advanced public address server. It shall be possible to use a PC or wireless tablet as operator device and use multiple operator devices in parallel, requiring as many licenses. Upon connection, each operator device shall be able to control parts of the public address system, using a browser on the device as a graphical user interface, controlled by mouse or touch screen. The graphic user interface shall be optimized for use with a 10" touch screen. The license code shall allow the operator device to have several unique operator profiles on that device, with tailored functionalities for each user. It shall offer easy zone selection for voice announcements, control of background music sources and volume in selected zones, the ability to make live call recordings of announcements with premonitoring and playback to selected zones, the ability to do live and scheduled playback of stored messages, and

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

234 en | Architects' and engineers' specifications

PRAESENSA

25.12 25.13 25.14

playback of text based announcements with automatic (multi-lingual) online text-to-speech conversion. The advanced public address license shall be used with the Bosch PRAESENSA advanced public address server, PRA-APAS. The advanced public address license shall be a Bosch PRA-APAL.
Ethernet switch (ES8P2S)
Architects' and engineers' specifications The Ethernet switch shall be a managed 10port Gigabit switch with eight ports providing PoE and two ports providing SFP sockets for glass fiber transceivers. The switch shall have dual redundant, wide range DC power supply inputs for 24 to 48 V. It shall supervise its DC power supply inputs and port links, and have a fault relay output for fault reporting. The Ethernet switch shall be DIN rail mountable with convection cooling. It shall be certified for EN 5416 in combination with Bosch PRAESENSA systems for public address and voice alarm purposes. The switch shall be marked for UL and CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The Ethernet switch shall be a Bosch PRA-ES8P2S.
Fiber transceiver (SFPLX, SFPSX)
Architects' and engineers' specifications The LX fiber transceiver shall be a wide temperature Small Form-factor Pluggable (SFP) for use with singlemode fiber and IR light with a wavelength of 1310 nm, to cover glass fiber link lengths of up to 10 km. It shall be certified for EN 5416 in combination with Bosch PRAESENSA systems for public address and voice alarm purposes. The transceiver shall be marked for UL and CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The LX-transceiver shall be a Bosch PRA-SFPLX.
Architects' and engineers' specifications The SX fiber transceiver shall be a wide temperature Small Form-factor Pluggable (SFP) for use with multimode fiber and IR light with a wavelength of 850 nm, to cover glass fiber link lengths of up to 550 m. It shall be certified for EN 5416 in combination with Bosch PRAESENSA systems for public address and voice alarm purposes. The transceiver shall be marked for UL and CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The SX-transceiver shall be a Bosch PRA-SFPSX.
Power supply module (PSM24, PSM48)
Architects' and engineers' specifications The 24 V power supply module shall contain a mains input with power factor correction and a 24 V output. Output current capability shall be 10 A continuous and 15 A peak. It shall be approved to power Bosch PRAESENSA and PAVIRO equipment. The power supply shall be DINrail mountable with passive cooling. The power supply shall be marked for UL and CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The power supply module shall be a Bosch PRA-PSM24.
Architects' and engineers' specifications The 48 V power supply module shall contain a mains input with power factor correction and a 48 V output. Output current capability shall be 5 A continuous and 7.5 A peak. It shall be approved to power one 600 W Bosch PRAESENSA amplifier. The power supply shall be DINrail mountable with convection cooling. The power supply shall be marked for UL and CE and be compliant with the RoHS directive. Warranty shall be three years minimum. The power supply module shall be a Bosch PRA-PSM48.

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

PRAESENSA
26

Support and academy | en 235
Support and academy
Support Access our support services at www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/. Bosch Security and Safety Systems offers support in these areas: ­ Apps & Tools ­ Building Information Modeling ­ Warranty ­ Troubleshooting ­ Repair & Exchange ­ Product Security
Bosch Building Technologies Academy Visit the Bosch Building Technologies Academy website and have access to training courses, video tutorials and documents: www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/training/

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Installation manual

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

236 | Support and academy

PRAESENSA

2021-06-23 | V1.40 | PRAESENSA 1.40

Installation manual

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Bosch Security Systems B.V. Torenallee 49 5617 BA Eindhoven Netherlands www.boschsecurity.com © Bosch Security Systems B.V., 2021
202106231304


SCHEMA ST4 ST4 PDF Engine (Build 7.0.2.0)